See in Reader
309 KiB
309 KiB
| 1 | Reference | ID | Tags | SupportReference | Quote | Occurrence | Note |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | front:intro | syt5 | 0 | # Introduction to Joshua\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Joshua\n\n1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)\n * Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)\n * Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)\n * The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)\n * Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)\n1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)\n1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)\n\n### What is the Book of Joshua about?\n\nThe Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThis book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?\n\nThe book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?\n\nIn the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?\n\nThis phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.\n\n### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?\n\nThis phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.\n\n### When should Joshua be translated?\n\nThe Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books. | |||
| 3 | 1:intro | r7gc | 0 | # Joshua 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Be strong and Courageous\n\nJoshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.\n\n### The settling of the the Promised Land by the people of Israel\n\nJoshua [1:12-15](../01/12.md) records that the tribes of Reuben, Gad, and half of the tribe of Manasseh settled on the east side of the Jordan River but that God required the fighting men from these three tribes to accompany the rest of the Israelites to the west side of the Jordan River and help them fight against the people who lived in the land. | |||
| 4 | 1:1 | s8u5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֗י | 1 | The author is using this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. | |
| 5 | 1:1 | eka2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נ֔וּן | 1 | The word **Nun** is the name of a man, Joshua’s father. | |
| 6 | 1:2 | le23 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases | וְעַתָּה֩ | 1 | The phrase translated as **And now** is an expression that people of this time used to introduce the main business of a message. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use it in your translation. Alternate translation: “So here is what I want you to do:” | |
| 7 | 1:2 | xugz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ק֨וּם | 1 | Yahweh is using the expression **arise** to tell Joshua to take action and lead the Israelites across the Jordan River to begin the conquest of Canaan. He is not telling him to get out of bed or stand up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “get going” | |
| 8 | 1:2 | o0hj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | As the General Introduction to Joshua discusses, here and in many places throughout the book, **sons** means “descendants,” so the phrase **sons of** is describing a people group. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel” | |
| 9 | 1:2 | ragw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | לָהֶ֖ם לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | Since Joshua is one of the **sons of Israel**, Yahweh is referring to him in the third person when he says **them**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could have Yahweh refer to him in the second person. This would indicate explicitly that Joshua is included in this promise. Alternate translation: “to you and the rest of the sons of Israel” or “to you and all of the other people of Israel” | |
| 10 | 1:3 | t94e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | כָּל־מָק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְכֶ֛ם בּ֖וֹ | 1 | Yahweh is using part of each of the Israelites, **the sole of your foot**, to represent the people of Israel themselves. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Every place that you will tread upon” | |
| 11 | 1:3 | xjc9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | רַגְלְכֶ֛ם…לָכֶ֣ם | 1 | Here, the words **your** and **you** are plural and refer to Joshua and all the other Israelite people. It may be more natural in your language to use a plural form of **foot** and to indicate specifically that **you** is plural. Alternate translation: “your feet … to all of you” | |
| 12 | 1:3 | v1l7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture | לָכֶ֣ם נְתַתִּ֑יו | 1 | Yahweh is using the past tense in order to refer to something that he will do in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will give it to you” or “I will certainly give it to you” | |
| 13 | 1:4 | xqnb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַנָּהָ֧ר הַגָּד֣וֹל נְהַר־ פְּרָ֗ת | 1 | The phrase **the Great River** is another name for **the Euphrates River**. Alternate translation: “the Great River, that is, the Euphrates River” | |
| 14 | 1:4 | nffx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַיָּ֥ם הַגָּד֖וֹל | 1 | The phrase **the Great Sea** is another name for the Mediterranean Sea. You could clarify that for your readers if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the Great Sea, that is, the Mediterranean Sea” | |
| 15 | 1:4 | pust | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | מְב֣וֹא הַשָּׁ֑מֶשׁ | 1 | Yahweh is using **the going of the sun**, that is, the sunset, by association to mean the west, since the sun sets in the west. Alternate translation: “in the west” | |
| 16 | 1:4 | nbe3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | גְּבוּלְכֶֽם | 1 | Here, the word **your** is plural and refers to the tribes of Israel and includes Joshua. Alternate translation: “the territory of you Israelites” | |
| 17 | 1:5 | l58e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לֹֽא & אִישׁ֙ | 1 | Since the book of Joshua describes how the kings of cities and kingdoms led their soldiers into battle to oppose Joshua, the phrase **No man** seems implicitly to mean “No king and his army” or more broadly “No people group.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No king and his army” or “No people group.” | |
| 18 | 1:5 | rk2g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב & לְפָנֶ֔יךָ | 1 | In this context, the word **stand** means “resist” or “withstand.” The phrase **to your face** either means “in front of you,” with **face** meaning by association the area in front of Joshua, or “against you,” with part of Joshua, his **face**, representing all of him. You could indicate this overall meaning explicitly in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “will be able to resist you” | |
| 19 | 1:5 | w48w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | לְפָנֶ֔יךָ & חַיֶּ֑יךָ & עִמָּ֔ךְ & אַרְפְּךָ֖ & אֶעֶזְבֶֽךָּ | 1 | As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the words **you** and **your** are singular in this verse and through verse 9, since they refer to Joshua. So use singular forms in your translation if your language marks that distinction. | |
| 20 | 1:5 | iq2e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | לֹ֥א אַרְפְּךָ֖ וְלֹ֥א אֶעֶזְבֶֽךָּ | 1 | The words **abandon** and **leave** mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that he will not do these things. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. It may be more natural in your language to use a positive statement to do that. Alternate translation: “I will not ever abandon you” or “I will certainly stay with you always” | |
| 21 | 1:6 | a5yc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | חֲזַ֖ק וֶאֱמָ֑ץ | 1 | The phrases **Be strong** and **be courageous** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Be very courageous” | |
| 22 | 1:6 | gn34 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לַאֲבוֹתָ֖ם | 1 | Here, **fathers** means “ancestors” and refers specifically to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to their forefathers” or “to their forefathers Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob” | |
| 23 | 1:7 | xle4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | חֲזַ֨ק וֶֽאֱמַ֜ץ מְאֹ֗ד | 1 | These are the same two phrases that occurred in the previous verse, except the word **very** is added here for increased emphasis. See how you translated the phrase “Be strong and be courageous” in the previous verse and consider how you might add even more emphasis here. Alternate translation: “Be entirely courageous” | |
| 24 | 1:7 | fi6s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אַל־תָּס֥וּר מִמֶּ֖נּוּ | 1 | Yahweh is speaking as if **the law that Moses … commanded** were literally a road that Joshua was walking on and as if Joshua might **turn aside from** it and walk on a different path. He means that Joshua must not stop living in the manner in which God commanded in the law. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not stop obeying it” | |
| 25 | 1:7 | db9m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | יָמִ֣ין וּשְׂמֹ֑אול | 1 | Yahweh is speaking of two things in order to mean them and everything in between. Continuing the image of the road, he means that Joshua should not go off the road in any direction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in any way” | |
| 26 | 1:8 | g4qg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לֹֽא־יָמ֡וּשׁ סֵפֶר֩ הַתּוֹרָ֨ה הַזֶּ֜ה מִפִּ֗יךָ | 1 | Yahweh is using the phrase **shall not depart from your mouth** by association to mean that Joshua must continually read the **book of the law**, since people at this time read out loud, even when reading alone, so Joshua would use his mouth to form the words as he read. (However, this is not a command to read only alone. It envisions that Joshua might at times read the law aloud to the people of Israel.) Alternate translation: “You shall not stop reading this book of the law” | |
| 27 | 1:8 | vu2t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | יוֹמָ֣ם וָלַ֔יְלָה | 1 | Yahweh is referring to the two main components of time, **day** and **night**, to mean “all the time.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “continually” | |
| 28 | 1:8 | lcs7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־דְּרָכֶ֖ךָ וְאָ֥ז תַּשְׂכִּֽיל | 1 | The phrases **you will make your ways prosperous** and **you will succeed** mean similar things. Yahweh is using the two phrases together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “you will assuredly be successful” | |
| 29 | 1:8 | k618 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | תַּצְלִ֥יחַ אֶת־ דְּרָכֶ֖ךָ | 1 | Yahweh is speaking of Joshua’s **ways** as if they were a living thing that Joshua could **make … prosperous**. Yahweh is speaking of Joshua’s actions as if they were **ways** or roads that he was walking on. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will prosper in what you do” | |
| 30 | 1:9 | vt4l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | הֲל֤וֹא צִוִּיתִ֨יךָ֙ | 1 | Yahweh is using the question form for emphasis. If a speaker of your language would not use the question form for that purpose, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “ “Surely I have commanded you!” | |
| 31 | 1:9 | fnz8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | חֲזַ֣ק וֶאֱמָ֔ץ | 1 | See how you translated these same phrases in [1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “Be very courageous” | |
| 32 | 1:9 | vwe1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | אַֽל־ תַּעֲרֹ֖ץ וְאַל־ תֵּחָ֑ת כִּ֤י עִמְּךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ בְּכֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר תֵּלֵֽךְ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since Yahweh your God is with you in every place where you go, do not be terrified and do not be dismayed” | |
| 33 | 1:9 | u820 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | אַֽל־תַּעֲרֹ֖ץ וְאַל־תֵּחָ֑ת | 1 | The phrases **Do not be terrified** and **do not be dismayed** mean similar things. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that Joshua must not be afraid. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you are not terrified” or “There is absolutely no reason for you to be terrified” | |
| 34 | 1:9 | f8qm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | עִמְּךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ | 1 | Here Yahweh speaks about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with the first person. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh your God, am with you” | |
| 35 | 1:11 | f3rg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | וְצַוּ֤וּ אֶת־ הָעָם֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר הָכִ֥ינוּ לָכֶ֖ם צֵידָ֑ה כִּ֞י בְּע֣וֹד ׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים אַתֶּם֙ עֹֽבְרִים֙ אֶת־ הַיַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַזֶּ֔ה לָבוֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־ הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם נֹתֵ֥ן לָכֶ֖ם לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “command the people to prepare provisions for themselves because within three days they will be crossing over this Jordan to enter to possess the land that Yahweh their God is giving to them to possess it” If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “command the people to pepare provisions for themselves because within three days they will be crossing over this Jordan to enter to possess the land that Yahweh their God is giving to them to possess it” | |
| 36 | 1:11 | ck8h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּע֣וֹד׀ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים | 1 | Here Joshua was counting the current day as day one. This was the way that Jewish people counted days. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in two days from now” or “on the day after tomorrow” | |
| 37 | 1:13 | dgxd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | זָכוֹר֙ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר | 1 | Joshua did not think that the people from these three tribes had forgotten what Moses had instructed them. Rather, he is using the word **Remember** to cause them to pay attention to what he is going to say next. If you would not use the word **Remember** for this purpose you could use an equivalent expression or indicate the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know the word that” or “You remember the word that” or “Keep in mind the word that” | |
| 38 | 1:13 | ylv8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | אֶת־הַדָּבָ֔ר | 1 | Here, **word** represents what Moses had said to Joshua using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the instructions” or “the words” | |
| 39 | 1:13 | jquc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | אֶתְכֶ֛ם…אֱלֹהֵיכֶם֙…לָכֶ֔ם…לָכֶ֖ם | 1 | Every occurrence of the words **your** and **you** in this verse are plural and refer to Joshua and the Israelites. | |
| 40 | 1:13 | l5qn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מֵנִ֣יחַ לָכֶ֔ם | 1 | The phrase **give rest** is an idiom that refers to living peacefully and settling down in the land after Israel defeated its enemies. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cause you to live peacefully” | |
| 41 | 1:14 | vefn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וּמִקְנֵיכֶם֒ | 1 | Here, the word translated as **livestock** refers to cows, sheep, and goats. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your cows and sheep and goats” | |
| 42 | 1:14 | d575 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֲחֵיכֶ֗ם | 1 | Here, the word **brothers** means “fellow Israelites” and refers to the Israelites from the other tribes of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your fellow Israelites” | |
| 43 | 1:14 | rk3h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | גִּבּוֹרֵ֣י הַחַ֔יִל | 1 | The phrase **the mighty men of valor** refers to the men who were fighting age, over 20 years old. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the men of fighting age” | |
| 44 | 1:14 | u212 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | גִּבּוֹרֵ֣י הַחַ֔יִל | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **valor**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the mighty men who are valiant” | |
| 45 | 1:15 | b5yt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | אֲשֶׁר־יָנִ֨יחַ & לַֽאֲחֵיכֶם֮ | 1 | The phrase **gives rest** refers to living peacefully and settling down in the land after Israel defeated its enemies. It has the same meaning as the phrase **give rest** in [1:13](../01/13.md). See how you translated that phrase there. | |
| 46 | 1:15 | f85b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לַֽאֲחֵיכֶם֮ | 1 | See how you translated the word **brothers** in the previous verse where it is used with the same meaning. | |
| 47 | 1:18 | zhz1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | כָּל־אִ֞ישׁ | 1 | Although the term **man** is masculine, the Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manasseh are using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Every person” | |
| 48 | 1:18 | rel4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | כָּל־אִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗יךָ וְלֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛יךָ לְכֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־תְּצַוֶּ֖נּוּ יוּמָ֑ת | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. The phrase **rebels against your mouth** and the phrase **will not hear your words** mean basically the same thing. The Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manasseh are the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that they will **put to death** anyone who rebels against what Joshua commands. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one and show the emphasis in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We will surely put to death every man who rebels against what you instruct us to do” | |
| 49 | 1:18 | mxi0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗יךָ וְלֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛יךָ | 1 | The speakers are using the words **mouth** and **words** and associating them with the instructions or commands that Joshua would speak with his **mouth** using **words**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use equivalent expressions or use plain language. Alternate translation: “rebels against your commands and will not hear your instructions” | |
| 50 | 1:18 | lbc3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | יוּמָ֑ת | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context implies indicates that the Reubenites, the Gadites, and the half-tribe of Manasseh will do it. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” | |
| 51 | 1:18 | m66s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | יוּמָ֑ת | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with an active verb or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will kill” | |
| 52 | 1:18 | zez7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | חֲזַ֥ק וֶאֱמָֽץ | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **be strong and be courageous** in [1:6](../01/06.md). | |
| 53 | 2:intro | vg4m | 0 | # Joshua 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Rahab’s faith\n\nRahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nThe Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “ … melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]]) | |||
| 54 | 2:1 | w886 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַשִּׁטִּ֞ים | 1 | This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “acacia trees.” | |
| 55 | 2:1 | ig8n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants | אִשָּׁ֥ה זוֹנָ֛ה וּשְׁמָ֥הּ רָחָ֖ב | 1 | The author is using the phrase **a woman, a prostitute** to introduce **Rahab** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “a certain woman named Rahab, who was a prostitute” | |
| 56 | 2:1 | z78b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | רָחָ֖ב | 1 | **Rahab** is the name of a woman. | |
| 57 | 2:2 | y177 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיֵּ֣אָמַ֔ר לְמֶ֥לֶךְ יְרִיח֖וֹ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And someone told the king of Jericho” | |
| 58 | 2:2 | axiw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | הִנֵּ֣ה | 1 | The person addressing **the king** is speaking as if he wants him to look at something, but he is actually using the term **Behold** to focus attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. | |
| 59 | 2:3 | xz7u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | ה֠וֹצִיאִי הָאֲנָשִׁ֨ים הַבָּאִ֤ים אֵלַ֨יִךְ֙ אֲשֶׁר־ בָּ֣אוּ לְבֵיתֵ֔ךְ כִּ֛י לַחְפֹּ֥ר אֶת־ כָּל־ הָאָ֖רֶץ בָּֽאוּ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since the men who came to you, who came to your house, have come to search out all the land, brint them out” | |
| 60 | 2:5 | ty4v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיְהִ֨י הַשַּׁ֜עַר לִסְגּ֗וֹר | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action you can indicate that “men” did it. Alternate translation: “And men shut the gate” | |
| 61 | 2:5 | o0r3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | רִדְפ֥וּ מַהֵ֛ר אַחֲרֵיהֶ֖ם כִּ֥י תַשִּׂיגֽוּם | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you might still overtake them, pursue quickly after them” | |
| 62 | 2:6 | l5zb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וְהִ֖יא הֶעֱלָ֣תַם הַגָּ֑גָה וַֽתִּטְמְנֵם֙ בְּפִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָעֵ֔ץ הָעֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖הּ עַל־הַגָּֽג | 1 | The author is providing this background information to explain how Rahab had hidden the men, as described in [2:4](../02/04.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. | |
| 63 | 2:6 | st56 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַגָּ֑גָה | 1 | The **roof** was flat and strong, so people could walk around on it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that the roof was flat. The UST models one way to do this. | |
| 64 | 2:6 | b99c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | בְּפִשְׁתֵּ֣י הָעֵ֔ץ | 1 | The word **flax** refers to a plant that is grown for its fibers, which is used in making cloth. It has tall, slender stalks that can tied into bundles. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in the long stalks of a plant” | |
| 65 | 2:6 | j012 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | הָעֲרֻכ֥וֹת לָ֖הּ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that she had arranged” | |
| 66 | 2:7 | p4sx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | הַֽמַּעְבְּר֑וֹת | 1 | The word **fords** describes places where a river or other body of water is shallow enough for people to get to the other side by walking through it. If you do not have a term to describe this type of place, you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the crossings” | |
| 67 | 2:7 | j013 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | וְהַשַּׁ֣עַר סָגָ֔רוּ | 1 | Here, **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “And the gate was shut” | |
| 68 | 2:8 | ds5e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | עָלְתָ֥ה | 1 | Your language might say “came up” rather than **went up** in a context such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “came up” | |
| 69 | 2:9 | t8zy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָכֶ֖ם אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | Here, the word **you** is plural and refers to all the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “I know that Yahweh has given the land to you Israelites” | |
| 70 | 2:9 | xr6a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | נָפְלָ֤ה אֵֽימַתְכֶם֙ עָלֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | Rahab is speaking as if **dread** or fear of the Israelites had actually **fallen** on the people of Jericho and Canaan. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “we have become terrified of you” | |
| 71 | 2:9 | u74z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | נָמֹ֛גוּ & מִפְּנֵיכֶֽם | 1 | Rahab is speaking as if the people of Jericho and Canaan had actually **melted** in front of or in the presence of the Israelites. The implication is that they will not be able to resist them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be able to resist you” | |
| 72 | 2:10 | c6i6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | הָאֱמֹרִ֜י | 1 | Rahab is not referring to a specific **Amorite**. She means the Amorites in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “the Amorites” | |
| 73 | 2:10 | x2n8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶחֱרַמְתֶּ֖ם אוֹתָֽם | 1 | See the discussion in the General Introduction to Joshua of the term that is translated as **devoted** here. In this context, the term refers to complete destruction. Alternate translation: “that you completely destroyed them” | |
| 74 | 2:11 | sdem | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔נוּ | 1 | Since Rahab is referring to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **heart**. Alternate translation: “and our hearts have melted” | |
| 75 | 2:11 | qx6v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבֵ֔נוּ | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression in [2:9](../02/09.md). (Your language may use a different part of the body than the **heart** to represent a person’s thoughts and emotions. If so, you can use that in your translation.) Alternate translation: “and in our hearts, we have become very afraid” | |
| 76 | 2:11 | j014 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְלֹא־ קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּאִ֖ישׁ מִפְּנֵיכֶ֑ם | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “and the spirit in a man is no longer able to resist you” | |
| 77 | 2:11 | j015 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | וְלֹא־ קָ֨מָה ע֥וֹד ר֛וּחַ בְּאִ֖ישׁ מִפְּנֵיכֶ֑ם | 1 | Rahab is using one part of a person, his **spirit**, to mean all of him in the act of resisting or not. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and no man is able to resist you any longer” | |
| 78 | 2:11 | agqj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | בְּאִ֖ישׁ | 1 | Although the term **man** is masculine, Rahab is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “in a person” | |
| 79 | 2:11 | m728 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | בַּשָּׁמַ֣יִם מִמַּ֔עַל וְעַל־ הָאָ֖רֶץ מִתָּֽחַת | 1 | Rahab is using the two major components of creation to mean all of creation itself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “over all of creation” | |
| 80 | 2:12 | e659 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְעַתָּ֗ה | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “So here is what I want you to do:” | |
| 81 | 2:12 | nmi4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | עָשִׂ֥יתִי עִמָּכֶ֖ם חָ֑סֶד וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֨ם גַּם־אַתֶּ֜ם עִם־בֵּ֤ית אָבִי֙ חֶ֔סֶד | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kindness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I am acting kindly toward you, swear to me that you yourselves will also act kindly toward the house of my father” | |
| 82 | 2:12 | iw4j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | בֵּ֤ית אָבִי֙ | 1 | Rahab is not using the expression **the house of my father** to refer to the building in which her father lives. As the next verse indicates, the expression means her extended family, which included her parents, her siblings, and their spouses and children. Alternate translation: “the household of my father” or “my extended family” | |
| 83 | 2:12 | rlef | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | א֥וֹת אֱמֶֽת | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. (This **sign** turns out to be the scarlet cord that the spies give Rahab in [2:18](../02/18.md).) Alternate translation: “a sign that you will truly do what you promise” | |
| 84 | 2:13 | m6i6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | הִצַּלְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖ינוּ מִמָּֽוֶת | 1 | Rahab is speaking as if **death** itself were threatening the **lives** of her family so the spies needed to **deliver** or rescue them from it. She is using **death** to represent the Israelite army, which was about to enter Canaan and kill its inhabitants If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and you will not let your fellow Israelites kill us” | |
| 85 | 2:14 | yb7i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-oathformula | נַפְשֵׁ֤נוּ תַחְתֵּיכֶם֙ לָמ֔וּת | 1 | This is an oath formula in which the two spies are promising to give their lives (allow themselves to be killed) if they do not keep their promise and spare the lives of Rahab and her families when the Israelites conquer Jericho and kill its inhabitants. Alternate translation: “If we do not do what we promise, may Yahweh take our lives” or “If you and your family are killed when we conquer Jericho, may Yahweh kill us as well” | |
| 86 | 2:14 | ji8q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | תַחְתֵּיכֶם֙ | 1 | The word **yours** is plural and refers to Rahab and her family. Alternate translation: “in place of the lives of you and your family” | |
| 87 | 2:14 | ja4n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | וְעָשִׂ֥ינוּ עִמָּ֖ךְ חֶ֥סֶד וֶאֱמֶֽת | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **kindness** and **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas with adjectives or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that we will act kindly and faithfully towards you” | |
| 88 | 2:14 | af54 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | וְעָשִׂ֥ינוּ עִמָּ֖ךְ חֶ֥סֶד וֶאֱמֶֽת | 1 | The terms **kindness** and **faithfulness** mean similar things. The spies are using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “then we will surely deal kindly with you” or “then we will surely act faithfully toward you” | |
| 89 | 2:15 | oa1x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events | וַתּוֹרִדֵ֥ם בַּחֶ֖בֶל בְּעַ֣ד הַֽחַלּ֑וֹן | 1 | The author is describing an event before describing other events that preceded it. This actually occurred after Rahab spoke her final words to the spies in [2:21](../02/21.md). In your translation, you may wish to relate these events in the order in which they happened and put the information in this verse after the quotation from Rahab in [2:21](../02/21.md). Alternatively, you could indicate that what the author says here anticipates what happens a little later in the story. Alternate translation: “Then she agreed to lower them down by a rope through the window” | |
| 90 | 2:15 | apx4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | כִּ֤י בֵיתָהּ֙ בְּקִ֣יר הַֽחוֹמָ֔ה וּבַֽחוֹמָ֖ה הִ֥יא יוֹשָֽׁבֶת | 1 | The author is providing background information to help readers understand what happens in the story. Because Rahab’s house was built into the city wall, she was able to let the spies out a window and lower them down to the ground outside the city wall. That way they were able to escape from the city even though the gates had been shut. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. | |
| 91 | 2:16 | y7a1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֗ים | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “until the day after tomorrow” | |
| 92 | 2:17 | dmh8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | נְקִיִּ֣ם אֲנַ֔חְנוּ מִשְּׁבֻעָתֵ֥ךְ הַזֶּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִשְׁבַּעְתָּֽנוּ | 1 | The spies are implicitly introducing the conditions that Rahab and her family must meet in order for their lives to be spared. If they do not meet these conditions, then the spies will be **innocent**, that is, not guilty of breaking their **oath**, if Rahab and her family are killed. Alternate translation: “We will be innocent from this oath of yours that you have made us swear if you do not meet the following conditions” | |
| 93 | 2:18 | z8uo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | הִנֵּ֛ה אֲנַ֥חְנוּ בָאִ֖ים | 1 | The spies are using a common expression that means that they were about to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Now we are about to come” | |
| 94 | 2:18 | e4iw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | אֶת־ תִּקְוַ֡ת חוּט֩ הַשָּׁנִ֨י הַזֶּ֜ה | 1 | The word **scarlet** describes a bright red color. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “this bright-red woven cord” | |
| 95 | 2:18 | yscl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֔יךְ | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “the household of your father” or “your extended family” | |
| 96 | 2:19 | vdc9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | וְהָיָ֡ה כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־יֵצֵא֩ מִדַּלְתֵ֨י בֵיתֵ֧ךְ ׀ הַח֛וּצָה דָּמ֥וֹ בְרֹאשׁ֖וֹ וַאֲנַ֣חְנוּ נְקִיִּ֑ם וְ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִֽהְיֶ֤ה אִתָּךְ֙ בַּבַּ֔יִת דָּמ֣וֹ בְרֹאשֵׁ֔נוּ אִם־יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־בּֽוֹ | 1 | The spies are saying what would happen in the case of two different possibilities. They are describing what second event would follow a first event in each case. If it would be helpful in your language, you could add a connecting word before the second event. Alternate translation: “Now suppose someone goes out from the doors of your house to the outside and is killed. Then his blood will be on his head, and we will be innocent. But suppose someone stays with you in the house. Then his blood will be on our heads if a hand is laid on him” | |
| 97 | 2:19 | j016 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | מִדַּלְתֵ֨י בֵיתֵ֧ךְ | 1 | The spies are using one part of Rahab’s house, its **doors**, to mean all it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside your house” | |
| 98 | 2:19 | k27w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | דָּמ֥וֹ בְרֹאשׁ֖וֹ & דָּמ֣וֹ בְרֹאשֵׁ֔נוּ | 1 | The spies are using the term **blood** by association to mean “death.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “his death will be on his head … his death will be on our head” | |
| 99 | 2:19 | yrzq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | דָּמ֥וֹ בְרֹאשׁ֖וֹ & דָּמ֣וֹ בְרֹאשֵׁ֔נוּ | 1 | The spies are using a common expression that means that someone was morally and legally responsible for something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be responsible for his own death … we will be responsible for his death” | |
| 100 | 2:19 | giu3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | בְרֹאשֵׁ֔נוּ | 1 | Since the spies are referring to themselves, and there are two of them, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **head**. Alternate translation: “on our heads” | |
| 101 | 2:19 | qg47 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | יָ֖ד תִּֽהְיֶה־בּֽוֹ | 1 | The spies are using the expression **a hand shall be upon** to mean that someone would be injured or harmed. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “anyone harms that person” | |
| 102 | 2:21 | uxw6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | כְּדִבְרֵיכֶ֣ם כֶּן־ה֔וּא | 1 | This expression indicates that Rahab agreed to the men’s terms of the oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I agree with these conditions” | |
| 103 | 2:21 | gjr5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | כְּדִבְרֵיכֶ֣ם | 1 | Rahab is using the term **words** by association to mean what the spies said by using words. Alternate translation: “According to what you have said” | |
| 104 | 2:23 | cv1w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַמֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽם | 1 | The author is speaking of what the spies saw and experienced as they investigated Jericho as if those were living thing that could have **found** them. (The author is making a play on words; in the previous verse, the pursuers did not “find” the spies; instead, exciting and encouraging things **found** them as they explored the land.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all that they had seen and experienced” | |
| 105 | 2:24 | avki | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture | נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה בְּיָדֵ֖נוּ אֶת־כָּל־הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | The two spies are using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. They are doing that to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will give all of the land into our hand” | |
| 106 | 2:24 | tsz0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה בְּיָדֵ֖נוּ אֶת־כָּל־הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | In this expression, having something in one’s **hand** represents by association possessing it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has given us possession of all of the land” or “Yahweh will enable us to conquer all of the land” | |
| 107 | 2:24 | eh7s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | נָמֹ֛גוּ כָּל־ יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָאָ֖רֶץ מִפָּנֵֽינוּ | 1 | See how you translated the similar expressions in [2:9](../02/09.md) and [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “all the dwellers of the land are so afraid of us that they will not be able to resist us” | |
| 108 | 3:intro | qs85 | 0 | # Joshua 3 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### God dries the Jordan River\n\nJoshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River. | |||
| 109 | 3:2 | pddt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מִקְצֵ֖ה שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression in [1:11](../01/11.md). Express this in the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “two days later” or “after they had spent another full day in camp” | |
| 110 | 3:3 | whh9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge | 0 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [3:3](../03/03.md) and [3:4](../03/04.md) into a verse bridge so that the reason why Joshua wants the Israelites to follow the ark will precede the instructions he gives them to do that. The quotation from Joshua might then read something like this: “Since you have not passed over by the way from yesterday or the third day, so that you will know the way in which you should go, as you see the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh your God and the priests, the Levites, lifting it, then you yourselves shall set out from your place and go after it.” | ||
| 111 | 3:4 | tn3h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | כְּאַלְפַּ֥יִם אַמָּ֖ה | 1 | The word **cubit** is a measurement equaling the distance from the elbow to the end of the the middle finger tip. If it would help your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about 900 meters” or “about 1,000 yards” | |
| 112 | 3:4 | j002 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מִתְּמ֥וֹל שִׁלְשֽׁוֹם | 1 | As in [1:11](../01/11.md) and [3:2](../03/02.md), this expression means “yesterday or the day before.” But in contexts such as this, the expression mean more generally “at any time in the past.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at any time in the past” | |
| 113 | 3:7 | q8ud | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּעֵינֵ֖י כָּל־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | Yahweh is using the term **eyes** by association to mean sight. Sight, in turn, represents judgment and perspective. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the perspective of all the Israelites” | |
| 114 | 3:8 | pd66 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | לֵאמֹ֑ר כְּבֹאֲכֶ֗ם עַד־ קְצֵה֙ מֵ֣י הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן בַּיַּרְדֵּ֖ן תַּעֲמֹֽדוּ | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “telling them that as soon as they come to the edge of the waters of the Jordan, they are to stand still in the Jordan.’” | |
| 115 | 3:9 | l0un | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | אֶת־ דִּבְרֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶֽם | 1 | Joshua is using the term **words** to represent what Yahweh is about to say by using words. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh your God will say to you” | |
| 116 | 3:10 | bej3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication | וְהוֹרֵ֣שׁ יוֹרִ֣ישׁ | 1 | Joshua is repeating the verb **dispossess** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “and he will surely disposesss” | |
| 117 | 3:10 | wfhv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | אֶת־ הַכְּנַעֲנִ֨י וְאֶת־ הַחִתִּ֜י וְאֶת־ הַחִוִּ֗י וְאֶת־ הַפְּרִזִּי֙ וְאֶת־ הַגִּרְגָּשִׁ֔י וְהָאֱמֹרִ֖י וְהַיְבוּסִֽי | 1 | Joshua is not referring to a specific individuals from each of these people groups. He means these people groups in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “the Canaanites and the Hittites and the Hivites and the Perizzites and the Girgashites and the Amorites and the Jebusites” | |
| 118 | 3:12 | kdr6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | אִישׁ־ אֶחָ֥ד אִישׁ־ אֶחָ֖ד לַשָּֽׁבֶט | 1 | Joshua is using a common expression to indicate individuals representing groups to which they belong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “taking one man from each tribe” or “choosing one representative from each tribe” | |
| 119 | 3:13 | fuma | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | מֵ֤י הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ יִכָּ֣רֵת֔וּן | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will cut off the waters of the Jordan” | |
| 120 | 3:15 | s6ud | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְרַגְלֵ֤י הַכֹּֽהֲנִים֙ נֹשְׂאֵ֣י הָֽאָר֔וֹן נִטְבְּל֖וּ בִּקְצֵ֣ה הַמָּ֑יִם | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then the priests, the lifters of the Box, dipped their feet into the edge of the water” | |
| 121 | 3:15 | mu2b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וְהַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙ עַל־ כָּל־ גְּדוֹתָ֔יו כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר | 1 | The author is providing background information to help readers appreciate how great a miracle Yahweh did on this occasion. The implication is that the Israelites crossed the Jordan River during **the days of the harvest**, so Yahweh stopped its waters even when they were overflowing its banks. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. | |
| 122 | 3:15 | mx3t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י קָצִֽיר | 1 | The author is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “during harvest time” | |
| 123 | 3:16 | smkr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְהַיֹּרְדִ֗ים עַ֣ל יָ֧ם הָעֲרָבָ֛ה יָם־ הַמֶּ֖לַח תַּ֣מּוּ נִכְרָ֑תוּ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh completely cut off those going down to the sea of Arabah, the Sea of Salt” | |
| 124 | 3:16 | bbru | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | באדם & צָֽרְתָ֔ן | 1 | The words **Adam** and **Zarethan** are the names of cities in the Jordan Valley. | |
| 125 | 4:intro | eh7p | 0 | # Joshua 4 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### God’s war\nThe conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])\n\n### Crossing the Jordan River\n\nIn this chapter the words **crossing over** refer to going to the opposite bank of the Jordan River.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Chiasm\n\nHebrew poetry sometimes uses a literary a device called a “chiasm” (sometimes called “chiasmus”). A chiasm is when words or phrases are ordered in a AB-BA sequence. In [Joshua 4:7](../04/07.md) Joshua uses a chiasm. The ULT follows the Hebrew order and translates the part of this verse that contains a chiasm as “Because **the waters of the Jordan were cut off from the face of the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** when **it crossed over in the Jordan**, **the waters of the Jordan were cut off**. (The repeated phrases are highlighted for the purpose of illustration). Notice that the identical phrase “the waters of the Jordan were cut off” is repeated and the phrase “it crossed over in the Jordan” refers to the same thing as the phrase “from the face of the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh” because the word “it” refers to “the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh.” These phrase are repeated in an AB-BA sequence: “the waters of the Jordan were cut off-from the face of the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh...it crossed over in the Jordan-the waters of the Jordan were cut off.” | |||
| 126 | 4:2 | j003 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | אִישׁ־ אֶחָ֥ד אִישׁ־ אֶחָ֖ד מִשָּֽׁבֶט | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [3:12](../03/12.md). | |
| 127 | 4:3 | g6yc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | וְצַוּ֣וּ אוֹתָם֮ לֵאמֹר֒ שְׂאֽוּ־לָכֶ֨ם מִזֶּ֜ה מִתּ֣וֹךְ הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן מִמַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה אֲבָנִ֑ים וְהַעֲבַרְתֶּ֤ם אוֹתָם֙ עִמָּכֶ֔ם וְהִנַּחְתֶּ֣ם אוֹתָ֔ם בַּמָּל֕וֹן אֲשֶׁר־תָּלִ֥ינוּ ב֖וֹ הַלָּֽיְלָה | 1 | If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And command them to lift up for themselves 12 stones from the midst of the Jordan, from the firm standing place of the feet of the priests, and tell them to bring those stones over with them and leave them in the lodging place in which they will lodge tonight” | |
| 128 | 4:3 | cs2k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | מִמַּצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים הָכִ֖ין | 1 | Joshua is using one part of the priests, their **feet**, to mean all of them in the act of standing in the Jordan riverbed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the firm place on which the priests are now standing” | |
| 129 | 4:4 | a96j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | אִישׁ־אֶחָ֥ד אִישׁ־אֶחָ֖ד מִשָּֽׁבֶט | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [3:12](../03/12.md) and [4:2](../04/02.md). | |
| 130 | 4:5 | gldr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְהָרִ֨ימוּ לָכֶ֜ם אִ֣ישׁ אֶ֤בֶן אַחַת֙ עַל־ שִׁכְמ֔וֹ | 1 | See how you translated the similar expressions in [3:12](../03/12.md) and [4:2](../04/02.md). Alternate translation: “Each one of you should pick up a large stone and carry it on his shoulder” | |
| 131 | 4:6 | v6tn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | בְּנֵיכֶ֤ם | 1 | Although the term **sons** is masculine, Joshua is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female descendants. Alternate translation: “your children” | |
| 132 | 4:6 | giom | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | מָחָר֙ | 1 | Joshua is speaking as if the children of this generation of Israelites would ask about the stones on the day after this event, **tomorrow**. He is using the term to mean “in the future.” Many languages use this word in the same way, but if it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the future” | |
| 133 | 4:6 | buys | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | לֵאמֹ֔ר מָ֛ה הָאֲבָנִ֥ים הָאֵ֖לֶּה לָכֶֽם | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “wanting to know what these stones are to you” | |
| 134 | 4:6 | tenj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מָ֛ה הָאֲבָנִ֥ים הָאֵ֖לֶּה לָכֶֽם | 1 | The children of these Israelites would be using a common expression to ask about the significance of the stones for their parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What connection do you have with these stones” or “Why did you bring these stones out of the Jordan River” | |
| 135 | 4:7 | bq5m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ & נִכְרְת֖וּ מֵ֣י הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan & Yahweh cut off the waters of the Jordan” | |
| 136 | 4:7 | r99r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | אֲשֶׁ֨ר | 1 | The speakers would leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We brought these stones out of the Jordan because we wanted all future generations to remember that” | |
| 137 | 4:7 | ku21 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry | אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִכְרְת֜וּ מֵימֵ֤י הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ מִפְּנֵי֙ אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָ֔ה בְּעָבְרוֹ֙ בַּיַּרְדֵּ֔ן נִכְרְת֖וּ מֵ֣י הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן | 1 | See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes to this chapter. | |
| 138 | 4:7 | ww74 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּעָבְרוֹ֙ | 1 | Joshua means implicitly that the priests carried **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** over **the Jordan** River. He is not saying that it crossed over on its own. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the priests carried it over” | |
| 139 | 4:9 | fumr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | תַּ֗חַת מַצַּב֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “under the place where the priests had been standing” | |
| 140 | 4:9 | wgcz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | The author is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time, the time when he was writing this book. He means that the 12 stones were still in the middle of the Jordan at the time he wrote this account of them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “right up to this time” | |
| 141 | 4:10 | reg9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | וַיְמַהֲר֥וּ הָעָ֖ם וַֽיַּעֲבֹֽרוּ | 1 | This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **hurried** tells in what way the people **crossed over**. Alternate translation: “and the people crossed over hurriedly” | |
| 142 | 4:11 | vff8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | וַיַּעֲבֹ֧ר אֲרוֹן־ יְהוָ֛ה וְהַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים | 1 | This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The phrase **the priests** indicates how **the Box of Yahweh** crossed the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “that the priests carried the Box of Yahweh across the Jordan” | |
| 143 | 4:12 | y1qn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר אֲלֵיהֶ֖ם מֹשֶֽׁה | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could put this phrase at the beginning of the verse, since it gives the reason for what the rest of the verse describes. | |
| 144 | 4:12 | gp7q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | חֲמֻשִׁ֔ים | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “carrying weapons” | |
| 145 | 4:13 | igh8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | חֲלוּצֵ֣י הַצָּבָ֑א | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “soldiers who had equipped themselves to be part of the army” | |
| 146 | 4:14 | b6u1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּעֵינֵ֖י כָּל־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [3:7](../03/07.md). Alternate translation: “in the perspective of all the Israelites” | |
| 147 | 4:14 | gx13 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | כָּל־ יְמֵ֥י חַיָּֽיו | 1 | The author is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time, the lifetime of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “throughout his lifetime” | |
| 148 | 4:18 | ba2n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | נִתְּק֗וּ כַּפּוֹת֙ רַגְלֵ֣י הַכֹּהֲנִ֔ים אֶ֖ל הֶחָרָבָ֑ה | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the priests lifted the soles of their feet up to dry ground” | |
| 149 | 4:18 | m5z1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | כִתְמוֹל־שִׁלְשׁ֖וֹם | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “as they had done previously” | |
| 150 | 4:19 | bf72 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | עָלוּ֙ | 1 | Your language may say “went up” rather than **came up** in a context such as this. Alternate translation: “went up” | |
| 151 | 4:19 | zy5r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths | בֶּעָשׂ֖וֹר לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֑וֹן | 1 | The **first month** of the Hebrew calendar is named Aviv. You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to give the number of the day and the name of the month on the Hebrew calendar. You say approximately what time of year that is on your calendar in a footnote, for example, “The ‘first month’ was the month of Aviv, which is in the spring of the year, in March and April on Western calendars.” Alternate translation: “on the tenth day of the month of Aviv” | |
| 152 | 4:21 | flgy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | אֲשֶׁר֩ יִשְׁאָל֨וּן בְּנֵיכֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ אֶת־אֲבוֹתָ֣ם לֵאמֹ֔ר מָ֖ה הָאֲבָנִ֥ים הָאֵֽלֶּה | 1 | If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “When your sons ask their fathers tomorrow what these stones are” | |
| 153 | 4:21 | m1tm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | בְּנֵיכֶ֤ם | 1 | Although the term **sons** is masculine, Joshua is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female descendants. Alternate translation: “your children” | |
| 154 | 4:21 | k8ws | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | מָחָר֙ | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: “in the future” | |
| 155 | 4:22 | p6nk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֣ם | 1 | Although the term **sons** is masculine, Joshua is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both male and female descendants. Alternate translation: “your children” | |
| 156 | 4:22 | gt6c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | וְהוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֣ם | 1 | Joshua is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “then you shall cause your sons to know the meaning of these stones” or “then you shall cause your sons to know why these stones are here” | |
| 157 | 4:22 | bwj5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | וְהוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֣ם לֵאמֹ֑ר בַּיַּבָּשָׁה֙ עָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן הַזֶּֽה | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “telling them that Israel crossed over this Jordan on dry ground” | |
| 158 | 4:22 | yem9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | בַּיַּבָּשָׁה֙ עָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֶת־ הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן הַזֶּֽה | 1 | The parents would be leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “These stones are here so that all future generations will remember that Israel crossed over this Jordan on dry ground” | |
| 159 | 4:24 | qe29 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | אֶת־ יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה | 1 | Here, **hand** represents the capability and power of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has mighty power” | |
| 160 | 4:24 | s9y5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים | 1 | Joshua is using the term **days** by association to mean “time,” since time is made up of days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the time” or “always” | |
| 161 | 5:intro | dv8f | 0 | # Joshua 5 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Circumcision\n\nIt would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])\n\n### Manna\n\nYahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop. | |||
| 162 | 5:1 | wpev | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory | וַיְהִ֣י | 1 | The author is using this phrase to introduce what happened at the end of the story of the Israelites crossing the Jordan River. Your language may have its own way of presenting such information. | |
| 163 | 5:1 | el1p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | הָאֱמֹרִ֡י & הַֽכְּנַעֲנִי֙ | 1 | The author is not referring to a specific **Amorite** or **Canaanite**. He means those people groups in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “the Amorites … the Canaanites” | |
| 164 | 5:1 | iokv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗ם וְלֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ | 1 | See how you translated the similar expressions in [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “then they became very afraid in their hearts and they were not able to resist” | |
| 165 | 5:2 | uwpn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | בָּעֵ֣ת הַהִ֗יא | 1 | The author is using this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. | |
| 166 | 5:2 | nc87 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | חַֽרְב֣וֹת צֻרִ֑ים | 1 | The word **flint** describes a type of hard stone. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of stone, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “knives of sharpened stone” or “knives with blades made of stone” | |
| 167 | 5:2 | j017 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | וְשׁ֛וּב מֹ֥ל | 1 | Yahweh is expressing a single idea by using two verbs together. The verb **return** tells in what way he wants Joshua to **circumcise** the Israelite men. Alternate translation: “again circumcise” | |
| 168 | 5:2 | glk7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְשׁ֛וּב מֹ֥ל אֶת־ בְּנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל שֵׁנִֽית | 1 | This does not mean that these men had already been circumcised once and that Yahweh wanted Joshua to circumcise each of them for a **second time**. Rather, as [5:4](../05/04.md) explains, the previous generation of male Israelites had been circumcised, but they had died in the wilderness; the current generation of Israelite males had not yet been circumcised. Alternate translation: “and do a second general circumcision of all Israelite males, for this generation” | |
| 169 | 5:2 | d7tg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | שֵׁנִֽית | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time number two” | |
| 170 | 5:3 | m1u7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיָּ֨מָל֙ | 1 | There were over 600,000 males, so the author is using **Joshua**, who was in charge of this task, to represent the many people who were necessarily involved. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And he and other Israelite leaders circumcised” | |
| 171 | 5:3 | jin6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | גִּבְעַ֖ת הָעֲרָלֽוֹת | 1 | **Gibeath Haaraloth** is the name that the Israelites gave to the place where they held this second general circumcision ceremony. The name commemorates the Israelites rededicating themselves to Yahweh. In your translation you could spell it the way it sounds in your language, or you could use a word or phrase from your language that expresses the meaning of this name. Alternate translation: “the Hill of the Foreskins” | |
| 172 | 5:4 | i17c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | הַיֹּצֵא֩ & בְּצֵאתָ֖ם | 1 | In a context such as this, your language may say “having gone” and “in their going out” rather than **having come** and **in their coming out**. Use whichever is more natural, here and in the next two verses. | |
| 173 | 5:5 | u9fk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | כִּֽי־ מֻלִ֣ים הָי֔וּ כָּל־ הָעָ֖ם הַיֹּֽצְאִ֑ים וְכָל־ הָ֠עָם הַיִּלֹּדִ֨ים | 1 | There is a contrasting relationship between these two clauses. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a connecting word or phrase on the first clause rather than on the second one. Alternate translation: “while all of the people having come out were circumcised, all the people born” | |
| 174 | 5:5 | b06g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | מֻלִ֣ים הָי֔וּ כָּל־ הָעָ֖ם הַיֹּֽצְאִ֑ים | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had circumcised all the people who came out” | |
| 175 | 5:5 | mqv5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הָעָ֖ם & הָ֠עָם | 1 | In this verse, the expression **the people** means “the males.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the males … the males” | |
| 176 | 5:5 | mhgs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/ writing-pronouns | לֹא־ מָֽלוּ | 1 | Here, **they** is an indefinite pronoun that does not have a specific referent in the immediate context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this with a different expression that does not use an indefinite pronoun. Alternate translation: “had not been circumcised” or “no one had circumcised” | |
| 177 | 5:6 | jre1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֗ה הָלְכ֣וּ בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ בַּמִּדְבָּר֒ עַד־ תֹּ֨ם כָּל־ הַגּ֜וֹי אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַמִּלְחָמָה֙ הַיֹּצְאִ֣ים מִמִּצְרַ֔יִם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־ שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because they had not listened to the voice of Yahweh, the sons of Israel had walked in the wilderness 40 years, until the finishing of all of the nation of the men of war having come out from Egypt” | |
| 178 | 5:6 | qbbd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַגּ֜וֹי אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַמִּלְחָמָה֙ | 1 | The author seems to be speaking as if these **men of war** were a **nation** of their own. In this language and culture, people sometimes used the term “nation” to mean “army,” as in [Joel 1:6](../jol/01/06.md), for example. Alternate translation: “the men of war in the army” | |
| 179 | 5:6 | u9iz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה | 1 | Here, the word **listened** means “obeyed.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they had not obeyed the voice of Yahweh” | |
| 180 | 5:6 | k8wl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּק֣וֹל יְהוָ֑ה | 1 | The author is using the **voice** of Yahweh by association to mean the things that Yahweh commanded by using his voice. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “had not obeyed what Yahweh commanded them” or “had not done what Yahweh told them to do” | |
| 181 | 5:6 | mu8b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לַֽאֲבוֹתָם֙ | 1 | The author is using the term **fathers** to mean “ancestors.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to their ancestors” | |
| 182 | 5:6 | o55f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | לָ֔נוּ | 1 | The author is addressing his listeners directly by saying **us**. Since the original listeners were Israelites, **us** would have been inclusive if he had marked that form. However, unless your readers are Israelites, they would not be included in the promises described here, which Yahweh made to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and their descendants. So it might be more natural in your language to use the exclusive form if your language marks that distinction. Decide as a team how to translate this. | |
| 183 | 5:6 | jrp7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ | 1 | Yahweh spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the **milk** and **honey** from those animals and plants were actually **flowing** through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it. If your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a fertile land that produces many good things” | |
| 184 | 5:7 | p9pz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | אֹתָ֖ם מָ֣ל יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ כִּי־ עֲרֵלִ֣ים הָי֔וּ כִּ֛י לֹא־ מָ֥לוּ אוֹתָ֖ם בַּדָּֽרֶךְ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange these three phrases so that each phrase gives the reason for the result that the next phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they had not circumcised them on the way, they were uncircumcised. So Joshua circumcised them.” | |
| 185 | 5:7 | j004 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | עֲרֵלִ֣ים הָי֔וּ כִּ֛י לֹא־ מָ֥לוּ אוֹתָ֖ם | 1 | See how you translated the similar expressions in [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “no one had circumcised them yet; no one had done this` on the way” | |
| 186 | 5:8 | gl0s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | תַּ֥מּוּ כָל־ הַגּ֖וֹי לְהִמּ֑וֹל | 1 | The author is using the term * nation** as in [5:6](../05/06.md), to refer specifically to the Israelite males. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelite males had finished being circumcised” | |
| 187 | 5:8 | j005 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | תַּ֥מּוּ כָל־ הַגּ֖וֹי לְהִמּ֑וֹל | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the leaders had finished circumcising all of the Israelite males” | |
| 188 | 5:9 | x1q8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־ חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵעֲלֵיכֶ֑ם | 1 | Yahweh is speaking as if he had actually **rolled away** the **disgrace of Egypt** from the Israelites. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have removed the disgrace of Egypt from you” | |
| 189 | 5:9 | sgya | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | גַּלּ֛וֹתִי אֶת־ חֶרְפַּ֥ת מִצְרַ֖יִם מֵעֲלֵיכֶ֑ם | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **disgrace**, you could express the same idea in another way. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “I have taken you out of the disgraceful situation you were in as former slaves of the Egyptians” | |
| 190 | 5:9 | j001 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | וַיִּקְרָ֞א שֵׁ֣ם הַמָּק֤וֹם הַהוּא֙ גִּלְגָּ֔ל | 1 | It might seem that the expression **calls the name** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “people call that place Gilgal” or “the name of that place has been Gilgal” | |
| 191 | 5:9 | bb23 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the idiom **unto this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: “right up to this time” | |
| 192 | 5:10 | tdl1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | בְּאַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַחֹ֛דֶשׁ | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to use an ordinal number here. (The expression **the month** refers implicitly to the “first month” or the Hebrew month Aviv, as in [4:19](../04/19.md). Alternate translation: “on the fourteenth day of the month of Aviv” | |
| 193 | 5:11 | g1ks | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְקָל֑וּי | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and grain that they had roasted” | |
| 194 | 5:13 | ced7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֗י | 1 | The author is using this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. | |
| 195 | 5:13 | hegq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָיו֙ וַיַּ֔רְא | 1 | The author is using a common expression to mean that Joshua looked some distance away, since he **lifted up his eyes** in order to do this and he had to walk over to the man whom he saw. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “that he looked off into the distance” | |
| 196 | 5:13 | x26s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּה | 1 | The author is using the term **behold** to focus attention on what happens next in this story. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. | |
| 197 | 5:13 | ds5l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְחַרְבּ֥וֹ שְׁלוּפָ֖ה בְּיָד֑וֹ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he had drawn his sword and was holding it in his hand” | |
| 198 | 5:14 | r42a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥יו אַ֨רְצָה֙ וַיִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ | 1 | The phrase **fell on his face to the earth** means that Joshua intentionally got down on his knees and touched the ground with his face. In that culture, this action was a way that a person showed great respect and reverence for someone else. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. You could also explain the significance of the gesture; the UST models one way to do that. | |
| 199 | 5:14 | j018 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | מָ֥ה אֲדֹנִ֖י מְדַבֵּ֥ר אֶל־ עַבְדּֽוֹ | 1 | As a way of showing respect, Joshua is speaking to the prince of Yahweh’s army and about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second and first persons. Alternate translation: “What are you, my lord, speaking to me, your servant” | |
| 200 | 5:15 | qu3d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | שַׁל־נַֽעַלְךָ֙ מֵעַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔ךָ כִּ֣י הַמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֛ה עֹמֵ֥ד עָלָ֖יו קֹ֣דֶשׁ ה֑וּא | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the place that you are standing on is holy, slip off your sandal from upon your foot” | |
| 201 | 5:15 | ge5y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | שַׁל־נַֽעַלְךָ֙ מֵעַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔ךָ | 1 | Joshua removing his **sandal** was a symbolic action by which he showed great respect and reverence towards someone superior and acknowledged his willingness to obey him. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. You could also explain the significance of the gesture; the UST models one way to do that. | |
| 202 | 5:15 | j006 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | נַֽעַלְךָ֙ | 1 | The prince of Yahweh’s is not referring to one particular **sandal** that Joshua was wearing. He means both of Joshua’s sandals. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “your sandals” | |
| 203 | 6:intro | uie9 | 0 | # Joshua 6 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Yahweh conquers\n\nIt was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 204 | 6:1 | gbz8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וִֽירִיחוֹ֙ סֹגֶ֣רֶת וּמְסֻגֶּ֔רֶת מִפְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אֵ֥ין יוֹצֵ֖א וְאֵ֥ין בָּֽא | 1 | The author is providing background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. | |
| 205 | 6:1 | aozr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וִֽירִיחוֹ֙ סֹגֶ֣רֶת וּמְסֻגֶּ֔רֶת מִפְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אֵ֥ין יוֹצֵ֖א וְאֵ֥ין בָּֽא | 1 | The phrases **Now Jericho {was} shutting and {was} being shut up** and ** There was no going out and there was no coming in** mean basically the same thing. The author is using them together for emphasis. See the further discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “The rulers of Jericho were so afraid of the Israelites that they had shut the city gates so that no one could enter, and they had shut up the people inside so that no one could leave” | |
| 206 | 6:1 | jq71 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּמְסֻגֶּ֔רֶת | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the rulers had also shut up the people inside” | |
| 207 | 6:2 | qfoa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | רְאֵה֙ | 1 | Yahweh is speaking as if he wants Joshua to **See** or look at something. He is actually using the term to focus Joshua’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” | |
| 208 | 6:2 | j65i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture | נָתַ֣תִּי | 1 | Yahweh is using the past tense in order to refer to something that he will do in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I am about to give” or “I will certainly give” | |
| 209 | 6:2 | v4hu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | נָתַ֣תִּי בְיָֽדְךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ | 1 | Here, **hand** represents by association the control or power that a person would have over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have delivered Jericho to your control” or “I have allowed you to conquer Jericho” | |
| 210 | 6:2 | djup | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶחָֽיִל | 1 | Yahweh is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “and the mighty men of valor” or “along with the mighty men of valor” | |
| 211 | 6:2 | km13 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶחָֽיִל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **mighty men of valor** in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “the valiant warriors” | |
| 212 | 6:3 | fu9e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת | 1 | The context implies that they were to walk around the city **one time** each day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “one time each day” | |
| 213 | 6:5 | j007 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | בִּמְשֹׁ֣ךְ ׀ בְּקֶ֣רֶן הַיּוֹבֵ֗ל | 1 | Yahweh is using this possessive form to mean the **horn** that makes a **blast**. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning with a different form. Alternate translation: “when the priests sound a blast on the horn” | |
| 214 | 6:5 | oe7s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הָעָ֖ם & הָעָ֖ם | 1 | In this context, the phrase **the people** refers to the Israelite soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers … the soldiers” | |
| 215 | 6:5 | zdc7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְעָל֥וּ הָעָ֖ם | 1 | Here, the phrase **go up** refers to climbing up over the collapsed pieces of the walls to get into the city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the soldiers will climb up over the collapsed city walls” | |
| 216 | 6:5 | ukux | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | אִ֥ישׁ נֶגְדּֽוֹ | 1 | Yahweh is using a common expression to mean that each of the soldiers in the army that is encircling the city should rush into the part of it that is directly in front of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each soldier going into the part of the city that is in front of him” | |
| 217 | 6:7 | jf9o | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עִבְר֖וּ & יַעֲבֹ֕ר | 1 | The phrase **pass over** is a common expression that indicates walking or moving forward. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Start walking & will walk” | |
| 218 | 6:7 | g18m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְהֶ֣חָל֔וּץ | 1 | To translate this term here and in verse 9, see how you translated the similar expression in [4:12](../04/12.md). Alternate translation: “and the soldiers with their weapons” | |
| 219 | 6:8 | y78m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עָבְר֕וּ | 1 | See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “went forward” or “advanced” | |
| 220 | 6:8 | l35d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | As the last sentence in this verse makes clear, the author is using the name **Yahweh** by association to mean **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh**, since it represents Yahweh’s presence with the people of Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh” | |
| 221 | 6:8 | ayf9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַֽאֲרוֹן֙ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה הֹלֵ֖ךְ אַחֲרֵיהֶֽם | 1 | The author does not mean that **the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh** was **going** by itself. Priests were carrying it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priests carrying the Box of the Covenant of Yahweh went behind them” | |
| 222 | 6:9 | gch6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אַחֲרֵ֣י הָאָר֔וֹן | 1 | Here again, it is implied that priests were carrying **the Box**. Alternate translation: “behind the Box, which priests were carrying” | |
| 223 | 6:9 | i5vh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | הָל֖וֹךְ וְתָק֥וֹעַ בַּשּׁוֹפָרֽוֹת | 1 | The author is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and behind the priests who were walking and blowing on the shofars” | |
| 224 | 6:10 | v7ib | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הָעָם֩ | 1 | As in [6:5](../06/05.md), the phrase **the people** refers to the Israelite soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Israelite soldiers” | |
| 225 | 6:10 | ar1d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | לֹ֤א תָרִ֨יעוּ֙ וְלֹֽא־תַשְׁמִ֣יעוּ אֶת־קוֹלְכֶ֔ם וְלֹא־יֵצֵ֥א מִפִּיכֶ֖ם דָּבָ֑ר עַ֠ד י֣וֹם אָמְרִ֧י אֲלֵיכֶ֛ם | 1 | The phrases **You shall not shout**, **you shall not make your voice heard**, and **a word shall not go out from your mouth** mean very similar things. Joshua says the same thing three times, in slightly different ways, to emphasize to the Israelite soldiers and priests that they must remain completely silent until he gives them the command, **Shout!** If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases into one and show the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “ “You must remain completely silent” or “You must remain absolutely quiet” | |
| 226 | 6:10 | tc4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | י֣וֹם | 1 | Joshua is using the term **day** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time when” | |
| 227 | 6:11 | hf4m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיַּסֵּ֤ב אֲרוֹן־יְהוָה֙ אֶת־הָעִ֔יר | 1 | Here, the word **he** refers to Joshua. It is implied that Joshua did not carry the **Box of Yahweh** around Jericho himself but rather instructed the priests do it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And the priests brought the box of Yahweh around the city” | |
| 228 | 6:13 | lxf4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication | הֹלְכִ֣ים הָל֔וֹךְ | 1 | The author is repeating the verb **walking** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “were walking continually” | |
| 229 | 6:13 | wjy6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | הָל֖וֹךְ וְתָק֥וֹעַ בַּשּׁוֹפָרֽוֹת | 1 | The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while the priests were walking and blowing on the shofars” | |
| 230 | 6:13 | qp0v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | הָל֖וֹךְ וְתָק֥וֹעַ בַּשּׁוֹפָרֽוֹת | 1 | The author may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. While the priests actually were **walking** and **blowing on the shofars** at the same time, the word **walking** might be describing in what way the priests were **blowing**, that is, continually. Alternate translation: “blowing continually on the shofars” | |
| 231 | 6:14 | j232 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | בַּיּ֤וֹם הַשֵּׁנִי֙ | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day two” | |
| 232 | 6:15 | cc1r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “on day seven” | |
| 233 | 6:15 | bgwj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | כַּעֲל֣וֹת הַשַּׁ֔חַר | 1 | The author is using the word **dawn** by association to mean the sun. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “as the sun had risen” or “right at dawn” | |
| 234 | 6:16 | sc3s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הָעָם֙ | 1 | As in [6:5](../06/05.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md), the phrase **the people** refers to the Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “the Israelite soldiers” | |
| 235 | 6:16 | fj73 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture | נָתַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה לָכֶ֖ם אֶת־הָעִֽיר | 1 | Joshua is using the past tense in order to refer to something that Yahweh will do in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. See how you translated the similar expression in [6:2](../06/02.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh is about to give the city to you” or “Yahweh will certainly give the city to you” | |
| 236 | 6:17 | a98e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַחֵ֔רֶם | 1 | To decide how to translate the term **devoted** here, in the next verse, and in verse 21, see the discussion in the General Introduction to Joshua. Also see how you translated the term in [2:10](../02/10.md). Alternate translation: “something that we must destroy completely” | |
| 237 | 6:17 | qcml | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | רַק֩ רָחָ֨ב הַזּוֹנָ֜ה תִּֽחְיֶ֗ה הִ֚יא וְכָל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר אִתָּ֣הּ בַּבַּ֔יִת כִּ֣י הֶחְבְּאַ֔תָה אֶת־הַמַּלְאָכִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׁלָֽחְנוּ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because she hid the messengers whom we sent, only Rahab the prostitute will live, she and all who are with her in the house” | |
| 238 | 6:18 | ntwr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | אַתֶּם֙ שִׁמְר֣וּ & תַּחֲרִ֖ימוּ וּלְקַחְתֶּ֣ם & וְשַׂמְתֶּ֞ם | 1 | In this verse, every occurrence of the word **you** refers to the Israelite soldiers, and so each is plural. So use plural forms in your translation if your language marks that distinction. | |
| 239 | 6:19 | j019 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | קֹ֥דֶשׁ ה֖וּא | 1 | Since Joshua has just described a list of things, it may be more natural in your language to use the pronoun “they” rather than **it**. Alternate translation: “they are holy things” | |
| 240 | 6:20 | fm69 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | וַֽיִּתְקְע֖וּ & וַֽיִּלְכְּד֖וּ | 1 | In its first instance, the pronoun **they** refers to the priests. In its second instance, it refers to **the people**, that is, the soldiers. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “and the priests blew … and the soldiers captured” | |
| 241 | 6:20 | p5kj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | וַיַּ֨עַל הָעָ֤ם הָעִ֨ירָה֙ אִ֣ישׁ נֶגְדּ֔וֹ | 1 | See how you translated the similar expressions in [6:5](../06/05.md). Alternate translation: “and the soldiers climbed up over the collapsed city walls, each soldier going into the part of the city that was in front of him” | |
| 242 | 6:21 | b19h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | מֵאִישׁ֙ וְעַד־ אִשָּׁ֔ה מִנַּ֖עַר וְעַד־ זָקֵ֑ן | 1 | When he speaks of **man** and **woman**, and also when he speaks of **young** and **old**, the author is using two things to mean them and everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “including all the people who lived there, regardless of their age or sex” | |
| 243 | 6:21 | hmkk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | מִנַּ֖עַר וְעַד־זָקֵ֑ן | 1 | The author is using the adjectives **young** and **old** as nouns in order to describe groups of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “from young people to old people” | |
| 244 | 6:21 | cf5x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | לְפִי־חָֽרֶב | 1 | The author is speaking of **the sword** as if it were a living thing that had a **mouth** and could eat. This is probably a reference to the way a sword cuts into a person as if it were an animal biting him. An idea implicit in this personification is that when a sword eats, it devours everything. So this expression means “to the degree that the sword devours,” in other words, “completely.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “destroying it completely” | |
| 245 | 6:22 | vluk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | בֹּ֖אוּ בֵּית־הָאִשָּׁ֣ה הַזּוֹנָ֑ה וְהוֹצִ֨יאוּ מִשָּׁ֤ם אֶת־הָֽאִשָּׁה֙ וְאֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָ֔הּ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּעְתֶּ֖ם לָֽהּ | 1 | Joshua is describing one event before describing another event that preceded it. In your translation, you may wish to relate these events in the order in which they happened. Alternate translation: “Since you swore to the woman, the prostitute, that you would do this, enter her house and bring out from there the woman and all who are to her” | |
| 246 | 6:22 | d0fw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants | הָאִשָּׁ֣ה הַזּוֹנָ֑ה | 1 | Joshua is using the phrase **the woman, the prostitute** to reintroduce Rahab as a participant in the story. If your language has its own way of reintroducing participants, you can use it here in your translation. | |
| 247 | 6:22 | krqs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual | נִשְׁבַּעְתֶּ֖ם | 1 | Since Joshua is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. | |
| 248 | 6:24 | xrii | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | וְהָעִ֛יר שָׂרְפ֥וּ בָאֵ֖שׁ | 1 | It might seem that the expression **burned with fire** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “And they burned down the city” or “And they set fire to the city” | |
| 249 | 6:24 | ny39 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בֵּית־יְהוָֽה | 1 | The phrase **the house of Yahweh** is another name for the tent of meeting. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as the UST does. | |
| 250 | 6:25 | yhp5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | וְֽאֶת־רָחָ֣ב הַ֠זּוֹנָה וְאֶת־בֵּ֨ית אָבִ֤יהָ וְאֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לָהּ֙ הֶחֱיָ֣ה יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ וַתֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּקֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה כִּ֤י הֶחְבִּ֨יאָה֙ אֶת־הַמַּלְאָכִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר־שָׁלַ֥ח יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ לְרַגֵּ֥ל אֶת־יְרִיחֽוֹ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because Rahab hid the messengers whom Joshua had sent to spy on Jericho, Joshua kept her and the house of her father and all who belonged to her alive. And she has dwelt in the midst of Israel to this day” | |
| 251 | 6:25 | l990 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַתֵּ֨שֶׁב֙ בְּקֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | Depending on when this account was written, the word **she** could refer to: (1) Rahab herself. Alternate translation: “And Rahab has dwelt in the midst of Israel to this day” (2) Rahab’s descendants. Alternate translation: “And Rahab’s descendants have dwelt in the midst of Israel to this day” | |
| 252 | 6:25 | d0je | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | The author is speaking of the Israelite people by association with the man **Israel** from whom they descended. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” | |
| 253 | 6:25 | czcy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [4:9](../04/09.md) and [5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “right up to this time” | |
| 254 | 6:26 | rmeu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | אָר֨וּר הָאִ֜ישׁ | 1 | Joshua is not speaking of one particular **man** but of any man who might possibly rebuild Jericho in the future, If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Cursed is any man” | |
| 255 | 6:26 | gx0y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | אֲשֶׁ֤ר יָקוּם֙ וּבָנָ֞ה | 1 | As in the similar expression in [1:2](../01/02.md), here Joshua is using the word **arises** to mean “takes action.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who undertakes to rebuild” | |
| 256 | 6:26 | gv1e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בִּבְכֹר֣וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔נָּה וּבִצְעִיר֖וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽיהָ | 1 | By **With** and **with**, Joshua does not mean that the man he is describing will work together with **his oldest son** to lay the foundations of Jericho and work together with **his youngest son** to set up its gates. He means that these sons will die at the beginning and ending of the rebuilding. You could indicate this explicitly in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “At the cost of his firstborn he will found it, and at the cost of his youngest he will set up its gates” | |
| 257 | 6:26 | tg4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | בִּבְכֹר֣וֹ & וּבִצְעִיר֖וֹ | 1 | Joshua is using the adjectives **oldest** and **youngest** as nouns to refer to certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this adjective with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “with his oldest son … with his youngest son” | |
| 258 | 7:intro | uv41 | 0 | # Joshua 7 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Sin brought defeat\n\nIt was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) | |||
| 259 | 7:1 | e12p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וַיִּמְעֲל֧וּ בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מַ֖עַל בַּחֵ֑רֶם | 1 | In this verse, the author is providing background information that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, introduce this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. | |
| 260 | 7:1 | v6rb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry | וַיִּמְעֲל֧וּ בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מַ֖עַל | 1 | For emphasis, the author is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. The idea is that one Israelite did something secret and deceptive that was a betrayal of the trust that Yahweh had placed in all of the Israelites. Alternate translation: “But the sons of Israel deceptively betrayed Yahweh” | |
| 261 | 7:1 | mtm4 | בַּחֵ֑רֶם & הַחֵ֔רֶם | 1 | To decide how to translate the term **devoted** in its two instances here and throughout this chapter, see the discussion in the General Introduction to Joshua. Also see how you translated the term in [2:10](../02/10.md) and in [6:17–21](../06/17.md). Alternate translation: “regarding something they were supposed to destroy completely … the things they were supposed to destroy completely” | ||
| 262 | 7:1 | z3zl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עָכָ֣ן & כַּרְמִי֩ & זַבְדִּ֨י & זֶ֜רַח | 1 | **Achan**, **Karmi**, **Zabdi**, and **Zerah** are the names of men. | |
| 263 | 7:1 | li2v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | The author is using the **nose** of Yahweh to mean his anger, by association with the way that a person who is angry breathes heavily through his nose. Your language and culture may also associate anger with a particular part of the body. If so, you could use an expression involving that part of the body in your translation. You could also use plain language. Alternate translation: “the anger of Yahweh” | |
| 264 | 7:1 | j020 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּֽחַר | 1 | The author is speaking as if the **nose** of Yahweh, representing his anger, had actually **burned**. He mans that it became very intense. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And … became very intense” | |
| 265 | 7:2 | uwga | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֥ית אָ֨וֶן֙ | 1 | **Beth Aven** is the name of a town. | |
| 266 | 7:2 | h9cn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מִקֶּ֣דֶם לְבֵֽית־ אֵ֔ל | 1 | The author is describing the location of one place relative another in the way that is characteristic of his culture. He means that if someone were traveling from **Bethel** to **Beth Aven**, he would be coming **from the east**. In your translation express this in the way your culture describes the relative location of places. Alternate translation: “to the east of Bethel” | |
| 267 | 7:2 | si6l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | עֲל֖וּ & וַֽיַּעֲלוּ֙ הָאֲנָשִׁ֔ים | 1 | As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the expressions **Go up** and **went up** indicate that the Israelite spies had to move upward in elevation in order to spy out Ai. If your language does not mark travel expressions for elevation, you could shorten these expressions here and throughout this chapter. Alternate translation: “‘Go …’ And the men went” | |
| 268 | 7:3 | dx9x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | אַל־ תְּיַגַּע־ שָׁ֨מָּה֙ אֶת־ כָּל־ הָעָ֔ם כִּ֥י מְעַ֖ט הֵֽמָּה | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they are few, do not make all the people weary there” | |
| 269 | 7:3 | in9l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הָעָם֙ | 1 | As in [6:5](../06/05.md) and several other places in Chapter 6, the phrase **the people** refers to the Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “the Israelite soldiers” | |
| 270 | 7:3 | xxfc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | כִּ֥י מְעַ֖ט הֵֽמָּה | 1 | The pronoun **they** refers to the inhabitants of the city of Ai, not to the soldiers in the Israelite army. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “because the people who live in that city are few” | |
| 271 | 7:5 | nyw2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | הַשְּׁבָרִ֔ים | 1 | The word translated as **the stone quarries** could be: (1) a description of a geographic feature near the city of Ai. Alternate translation: “the nearby rock quarries” (2) the name of a place. If you decide that this is the name of a place, you can spell the Hebrew word the way it sounds in your language. Alternate translation: “Shebarim” | |
| 272 | 7:5 | vluc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | הַשְּׁבָרִ֔ים | 1 | A quarry is a place from which people take stones to use for building things. Normally, **quarries** are large pits that are deep. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of place, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the pits where people had dug stones out of the ground” or “a place where people had dug stones out of the ground” | |
| 273 | 7:5 | k7b1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | וַיִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָעָ֖ם וַיְהִ֥י לְמָֽיִם | 1 | The expressions **melted** and **became water** mean similar things. The author is using them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “and in their hearts, the people became very afraid” | |
| 274 | 7:5 | j2v2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּמַּ֥ס לְבַב־הָעָ֖ם | 1 | See how you translated the similar expressions in [2:11](../02/11.md) and [5:1](../05/01.md). | |
| 275 | 7:5 | yl48 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיְהִ֥י לְמָֽיִם | 1 | The author is speaking as if the hearts of the Israelite soldiers actually **became water**. This is another way of saying that the soldiers became afraid. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “and they no longer had any solid courage” | |
| 276 | 7:6 | ty1c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּקְרַ֨ע יְהוֹשֻׁ֜עַ שִׂמְלֹתָ֗יו | 1 | Joshua **tore his garments** as a symbolic act to show his grief and distress. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And Joshua tore his garments to express his grief and distress” | |
| 277 | 7:6 | yewb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיִּפֹּל֩ עַל־פָּנָ֨יו אַ֜רְצָה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **fell on his face to the earth** in [5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “and knelt down and touched his face to the ground” | |
| 278 | 7:6 | xhvl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | וַיַּעֲל֥וּ עָפָ֖ר עַל־רֹאשָֽׁם | 1 | Joshua put dust on his head as a further symbolic act done to show grief. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could use it here in your translation, or you could explain what this action means. Alternate translation: “And they made dust go up on their heads to show their grief” | |
| 279 | 7:7 | tw2k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | אֲהָ֣הּ ׀ אֲדֹנָ֣י יְהוִ֗ה | 1 | Joshua is using the word translated as **Alas** to express a strong feeling of fear and distress. There may be an equivalent word or expression in your language that you can use in your translation to convey this strong feeling. If not, you could specify that Gideon said this because he was feeling fear. Alternate translation: “Oh, no! My Lord Yahweh!” or “I am afraid, my Lord Yahweh!” | |
| 280 | 7:7 | j008 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication | הֵעֲבַ֨רְתָּ הַעֲבִ֜יר אֶת־ הָעָ֤ם הַזֶּה֙ אֶת־ הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן | 1 | Joshua is repeating the verb **bring across** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “did you bring this people across the Jordan at all” | |
| 281 | 7:7 | run5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | לָתֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛נוּ בְּיַ֥ד הָאֱמֹרִ֖י | 1 | See how you translated this idiom in [2:24](../02/24.md). Alternate translation: “to enable the Amorite to conquer us” | |
| 282 | 7:7 | lt6m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | הָאֱמֹרִ֖י | 1 | Joshua is not referring to a specific **Amorite**. He means the Amorite people groups in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “the Amorites” | |
| 283 | 7:7 | aq5b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | הוֹאַ֣לְנוּ וַנֵּ֔שֶׁבן | 1 | This phrase expresses a single idea by using two verbs connected with **and**. The verb **had been content** tells in what way Joshua wishes the Israelites **had stayed** on the other side of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “we had stayed contentedly” | |
| 284 | 7:8 | djz8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | מָ֣ה אֹמַ֔ר | 1 | Joshua is using the question form for emphasis. If a speaker of your language would not use the question form for that purpose, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is nothing I can say” | |
| 285 | 7:8 | s4eb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | הָפַ֧ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל עֹ֖רֶף לִפְנֵ֥י אֹיְבָֽיו | 1 | Joshua is using a common expression to mean that the Israelite soldiers stopped fighting and ran away from the battle. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Israelite soldiers have run away from the enemies they were fighting” | |
| 286 | 7:9 | b0og | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-genericnoun | הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֗י | 1 | Joshua is not referring to a specific **Canaanite**. He means the Canaanite people groups in general. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “the Canaanites” | |
| 287 | 7:9 | n2kp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְהִכְרִ֥יתוּ אֶת־ שְׁמֵ֖נוּ מִן־ הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | Joshua is speaking as if the Canaanite people groups would actually **cut off** the **name** of the Israelites **from the earth**, as if their name were a physical part of the earth. He is using their **name** to represent their reputation and the memory of them, he is using the phrase **cut off** to mean “bring to an end” or “cause to cease,” and he is using the **earth** to mean the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: “and they will make the people of the earth forget that we ever existed” | |
| 288 | 7:9 | afxk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | וּמַֽה־תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְשִׁמְךָ֥ הַגָּדֽוֹל | 1 | Joshua is using the question form for emphasis. He is using Yahweh’s **name** to represent his reputation. If a speaker of your language would not use the question form for that purpose, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “And then it would be difficult for you to do something about your name!” | |
| 289 | 7:9 | r713 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וּמַֽה־תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְשִׁמְךָ֥ הַגָּדֽוֹל | 1 | Yahweh’s **name** represents his reputation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And what will you do to preserve your great reputation?” or “And then your great reputation will suffer!” | |
| 290 | 7:10 | hqu3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | לָ֣מָּה זֶּ֔ה אַתָּ֖ה נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־פָּנֶֽיךָ | 1 | Yahweh is not asking for information. He is using the question form to rebuke Joshua. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be falling on your face!” | |
| 291 | 7:10 | bfax | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | נֹפֵ֥ל עַל־פָּנֶֽיךָ | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression in [7:06](../07/06.md). | |
| 292 | 7:11 | z8cs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | חָטָא֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְגַם֙ עָבְר֣וּ אֶת־ בְּרִיתִ֔י | 1 | This phrase expresses a single idea by using two verbs connected with **and**. The verb **transgressed** tells in what way Israel has **sinned**. Alternate translation: “Israel has sinned by transgressing my covenant” | |
| 293 | 7:12 | yzi5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וְלֹ֨א יֻכְל֜וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לָקוּם֙ לִפְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “were not able to resist their enemies” | |
| 294 | 7:12 | xix1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עֹ֗רֶף יִפְנוּ֙ לִפְנֵ֣י אֹֽיְבֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | See how you translated this idiom in [7:8](../07/08.md). Alternate translation: “They ran away from the enemies they were fighting” | |
| 295 | 7:13 | v2v6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | קֻ֚ם | 1 | While Yahweh does want Joshua to get up from kneeling down with his face on the ground, he is probably using the expression **Arise** to tell him to take action. Alternate translation: “Get going” | |
| 296 | 7:13 | nmas | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | קַדֵּ֣שׁ אֶת־ הָעָ֔ם וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ הִתְקַדְּשׁ֣וּ לְמָחָ֑ר | 1 | This is the beginning of a quotation within a quotation that continues through [7:15](../07/15.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate all of it so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. The UST models one way to do that. Alternate translation: “Consecrate the people and tell them to consecrate themselves for tomorrow …” | |
| 297 | 7:13 | ukcg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks | הִתְקַדְּשׁ֣וּ לְמָחָ֑ר | 1 | This is the beginning of a second-level quotation. If you do not translate it so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, you may wish to indicate its beginning with an opening second-level quotation mark or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses to indicate the start of a second-level quotation. | |
| 298 | 7:13 | wlx5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | חֵ֤רֶם בְּקִרְבְּךָ֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָקוּם֙ לִפְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔יךָ עַד־ הֲסִירְכֶ֥ם הַחֵ֖רֶם מִֽקִּרְבְּכֶֽם | 1 | This is a third-level quotation. If you do not translate it so that there is not a quotation within a quotation within a quotation, you may wish to mark it with opening and closing third-level quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses to indicate a third-level quotation. | |
| 299 | 7:13 | ysle | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | יְהוָ֜ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל | 1 | For emphasis, Yahweh is instructing Joshua to refer to the Israelites in the third person, calling them by the name of their ancestor **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the second person. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your God” | |
| 300 | 7:13 | j4ki | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָקוּם֙ לִפְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֶ֔יךָ | 1 | See how you translated this idiom in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “You will not be able to resist your enemies” | |
| 301 | 7:14 | hjpk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְנִקְרַבְתֶּ֥ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Joshua shall bring you near” | |
| 302 | 7:14 | gjw9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | אֲשֶׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֨נּוּ יְהוָ֜ה & אֲשֶֽׁר־ יִלְכְּדֶ֤נָּה יְהוָה֙ & אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִלְכְּדֶ֣נּוּ יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | For emphasis, Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “that I take … that I take … that I take” | |
| 303 | 7:15 | iufl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | הַנִּלְכָּ֣ד בַּחֵ֔רֶם יִשָּׂרֵ֣ף בָּאֵ֔שׁ אֹת֖וֹ וְאֶת־ כָּל־ אֲשֶׁר־ ל֑וֹ כִּ֤י עָבַר֙ אֶת־ בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה וְכִֽי־ עָשָׂ֥ה נְבָלָ֖ה בְּיִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases so that the reason for the command is placed before the result. Alternate translation: “because he has transgressed the covenant of Yahweh, and because he has done a disgraceful thing in Israel, the one taken with the devoted thing shall be burned with the fire, he and all that belongs to him” | |
| 304 | 7:15 | d5nb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | הַנִּלְכָּ֣ד בַּחֵ֔רֶם יִשָּׂרֵ֣ף בָּאֵ֔שׁ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the previous verse indicates that Yahweh is the one who will “take” or catch the person who stole the devoted things, and the context implies that the Israelites are the ones who are supposed burn the one who took the banned things. Alternate translation: “you shall burn with fire the one Yahweh catches with the devoted thing” | |
| 305 | 7:15 | i5e8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | יִשָּׂרֵ֣ף בָּאֵ֔שׁ | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “shall be burned to death” | |
| 306 | 7:15 | fdmx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | אֶת־בְּרִ֣ית יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | For emphasis, Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “my covenant” or “the covenant that I, Yahweh, have made with you” | |
| 307 | 7:15 | cngm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks | וְכִֽי־ עָשָׂ֥ה נְבָלָ֖ה בְּיִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | This is the end of the second-level quotation that began in [7:13](../07/13.md). It is also the end of the first-level quotation that began in [7:10](../07/10.md) You may wish to indicate this with closing second-level and first-level quotation marks or with some other punctuation or convention that your language uses to indicate the end of quotations. | |
| 308 | 7:16 | j000 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיִּלָּכֵ֖ד שֵׁ֥בֶט יְהוּדָֽה | 1 | The cultural context suggests that Joshua may have used lots (small, marked stones) in this process, expecting that Yahweh would control which way they fell and thus guide the identification process. Alternate translation: “And Joshua cast lots, and the tribe of Judah was taken” | |
| 309 | 7:16 | g7qp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּלָּכֵ֖ד שֵׁ֥בֶט יְהוּדָֽה | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh indicated the tribe of Judah” or “And Yahweh guided the lots to identify the tribe of Judah” | |
| 310 | 7:17 | z419 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַזַּרְחִ֑י & הַזַּרְחִי֙ | 1 | The word **Zerahite** is the name of a clan made up of the descendants of the man named Zerah who was the great-grandfather of Achan mentioned in [7:1](../07/01.md). Express this relationship by descent in the terms that your culture would use. Alternate translation: “the Zerahites … the Zerahites” or “the descendants of Zerah … the descendants of Zerah” | |
| 311 | 7:17 | ha7i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/metonymy | זַבְדִּֽי | 1 | The author is using the name **Zabdi** by association to mean his “house” or extended family, as [7:14](../07/14.md) indicates. **Zabdi** was the grandfather of Achan, and Achan would have been included in his extended family. Alternate translation: “the extended family of Zabdi” | |
| 312 | 7:17 | aygr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּלְכֹּ֕ד אֵ֖ת מִשְׁפַּ֣חַת הַזַּרְחִ֑י & וַיִּלָּכֵ֖ד זַבְדִּֽי | 1 | See how you translated the similar passive expression in [7:16](../07/16.md). | |
| 313 | 7:18 | q8ct | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּלָּכֵ֗ד עָכָ֞ן | 1 | See how you translated the similar passive expressions in [7:16](../07/16.md) and [7:17](../07/17.md) | |
| 314 | 7:19 | sefx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness | בְּנִי֙ | 1 | Achan was not Joshua’s **son**. Joshua is addressing Achan using a polite form of address that someone of a higher status would use when addressing someone of a lower status in that culture. Use a form for addressing someone politely in your language that would be appropriate in this context. | |
| 315 | 7:19 | n2jp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | שִֽׂים־נָ֣א כָב֗וֹד לַֽיהוָ֛ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | Joshua is using the expression **give glory to Yahweh the God of Israel** to encourage Achan to tell the truth and admit what he has done wrong. This will **give glory** to Yahweh by vindicating his justice that led him to allow the people of Ai to defeat the Israelites. Alternate translation: “vindicate the justice of Yahweh, the God of Israel, by telling the truth” | |
| 316 | 7:19 | k521 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | שִֽׂים־ נָ֣א כָב֗וֹד לַֽיהוָ֛ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל וְתֶן־ ל֣וֹ תוֹדָ֑ה | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **confession**, you can express the same ideas with verbal forms or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “now glorify Yahweh, the God of Israel, and confess to him” | |
| 317 | 7:20 | irxg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְכָזֹ֥את וְכָזֹ֖את עָשִֽׂיתִי | 1 | Achan is using a common expression of his culture, **like this and like this**, to mean that he is about to provide exact details. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And this is exactly what I have done” | |
| 318 | 7:21 | b9nn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney | וּמָאתַ֧יִם שְׁקָלִ֣ים כֶּ֗סֶף וּלְשׁ֨וֹן זָהָ֤ב אֶחָד֙ חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים שְׁקָלִים֙ מִשְׁקָל֔וֹ | 1 | At that time, a shekel was a measure of weight. If it would help your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “and about 5 pounds of silver and one wedge of gold whose weight was a little over a pound” or “and 200 pieces of silver weighing over two kilograms and a wedge of gold that weighed about half a kilogram” | |
| 319 | 7:21 | jwg7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנָּ֨ם | 1 | See how you translated the word **behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md), where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 320 | 7:21 | xw3j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | טְמוּנִ֥ים בָּאָ֛רֶץ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the context indicates that “Achan” did it. Alternate translation: “I hid them in the earth” | |
| 321 | 7:21 | u41u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | תַּחְתֶּֽיהָ | 1 | Since Achan is saying that the **silver** is beneath the **coat** and the **gold**, it may be more natural in your language to use a plural pronoun here. Alternate translation: “under them” | |
| 322 | 7:22 | nz5m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֧ה טְמוּנָ֛ה בְּאָהֳל֖וֹ | 1 | The word **behold** emphasizes the events that the author puts next in this verse. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “And there it was! It was hidden in his tent” | |
| 323 | 7:22 | u927 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | טְמוּנָ֛ה בְּאָהֳל֖וֹ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Achan had hidden it in his tent” | |
| 324 | 7:23 | s59g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה | 1 | This could mean: (1) “where Yahweh could see them.” The idea is not that Yahweh did not know before where they were; he told Joshua in [7:11](../07/11.md) that an Israelite had stolen some of the devoted things and hidden them. Rather, the idea is that this was public evidence that the Israelites had found the wrongdoer and would punish him as Yahweh had told them to. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh could see them” (2) “in front of the tent of meeting.” The phrase could be a description of where the Israelites **poured … out** the silver coins, coat, and gold wedge. The author would be using the name **Yahweh** by association to mean the place where his presence was. But this would also indicate that these things were serving as conclusive evidence against Achan. Alternate translation: “in front of the tent of meeting” | |
| 325 | 7:24 | j009 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְכָל־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עִמּ֑וֹ | 1 | This phrase does not mean that Joshua also brought **all Israel** to the Valley of Achor when he brought Achan there. It means that Joshua and **all Israel with him** brought Achan and his family and possessions to the Valley of Achor. Be sure that this is clear in your translation. The UST models one way to do that. | |
| 326 | 7:24 | ta3l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | עֵ֥מֶק עָכֽוֹר | 1 | The word **Achor** is the name of a valley. In your translation, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language, or you could use a word or phrase from your language that expresses the meaning of this name. As the next two verses explain, the word means “trouble,” and the Israelites gave that name to the valley on this occasion. Alternate translation: “to the Valley of Trouble” | |
| 327 | 7:25 | vd6n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔נוּ | 1 | Joshua is using the question form to rebuke Achan. If a speaker of your language would not use the question form for that purpose, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not have troubled us like this!” | |
| 328 | 7:25 | ftq1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry | וַיִּרְגְּמ֨וּ אֹת֤וֹ כָל־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֶ֔בֶן & וַיִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖ם בָּאֲבָנִֽים | 1 | For emphasis, the author is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “And all of Israel stoned him to death … and they stoned them to death” | |
| 329 | 7:25 | i3rq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events | וַיִּרְגְּמ֨וּ אֹת֤וֹ כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֶ֔בֶן וַיִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָם֙ בָּאֵ֔שׁ וַיִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖ם בָּאֲבָנִֽים | 1 | It may be helpful to reorder the last sentence to make it clear that the Israelites **burned** Achan and his family after they **stoned** them. Alternate translation: “And after they had stoned them with stones, then they burned them with fire” | |
| 330 | 7:25 | ooc0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | וַיִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָם֙ בָּאֵ֔שׁ | 1 | It might seem that the expression **burned … with fire** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it or use an expression that would be more natural. Alternate translation: “And they burned them up completely” or “And they set fire to their bodies” | |
| 331 | 7:26 | hfq5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֚ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה & עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **unto this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “right up to this time … right up to this time” | |
| 332 | 7:26 | enq0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | עַ֚ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה | 1 | The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and it is there unto this day” or “and it is still there at this time” | |
| 333 | 7:26 | zcp9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑וֹ | 1 | See how you translated the phrase “the nose of Yahweh burned” in [7:1](../07/01.md). (Here, the expression **turned from** means “stopped” or “ceased.” Alternate translation: “and Yahweh ceased from his intense anger” or “and Yahweh stopped being so intensely angry” | |
| 334 | 7:26 | jg1j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | קָרָ֞א שֵׁ֣ם הַמָּק֤וֹם הַהוּא֙ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people call the name of that place” | |
| 335 | 7:26 | rp1t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | קָרָ֞א שֵׁ֣ם הַמָּק֤וֹם הַהוּא֙ | 1 | It might seem that the expression **the name of that place is called** contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. Alternate translation: “that place is called” or “that place is named” or “people call that place” | |
| 336 | 7:26 | wdse | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | עֵ֣מֶק עָכ֔וֹר | 1 | See how you translated the name **the Valley of Achor** in [7:24](../07/24.md). | |
| 337 | 8:intro | f3jc | 0 | # Joshua 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Sin brought defeat\n\nIt was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])\n\n### Built an altar\n\nAltars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua. | |||
| 338 | 8:1 | l4p8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְאַל־תֵּחָ֔ת | 1 | The phrases **Do not be terrified** and **do not be dismayed** mean similar things. Yahweh is using them together to emphasize that Joshua and the Israelite soldiers must not be afraid. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid at all” or “There is absolutely no reason for you to be terrified” | |
| 339 | 8:1 | oogc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְק֖וּם | 1 | See how you translated the similar expressions in [1:2](../01/02.md) and [6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “and get going” | |
| 340 | 8:1 | e1c3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | עֲלֵ֣ה | 1 | As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the expressions **go up** indicates that the Israelite army had to move upward in elevation in order to attack **Ai**. If your language does not mark travel expressions for elevation, you could shorten such expressions here and throughout this chapter. Alternate translation: “go” | |
| 341 | 8:1 | aiwf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative | רְאֵ֣ה | 1 | See how you translated the similar use of this word in [6:2](../06/02.md). Alternate translation: “Pay attention” | |
| 342 | 8:1 | t7bq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture | נָתַ֣תִּי בְיָדְךָ֗ | 1 | Yahweh is using the past tense in order to refer to something that he will do in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I am about to give into your hand” or “I will certainly give into your hand” | |
| 343 | 8:1 | den6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | נָתַ֣תִּי בְיָדְךָ֗ | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [6:2](../06/02.md). Alternate translation: “I have enabled you to conquer” or “I will enable you to conquer” | |
| 344 | 8:2 | h3r6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions | וְעָשִׂ֨יתָ לָעַ֜י וּלְמַלְכָּ֗הּ כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשִׂ֤יתָ לִֽירִיחוֹ֙ וּלְמַלְכָּ֔הּ רַק־שְׁלָלָ֥הּ וּבְהֶמְתָּ֖הּ תָּבֹ֣זּוּ לָכֶ֑ם | 1 | If it would appear in your language that Yahweh was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reverse the order of the clauses so that the exception is stated first and the thing that God required the Israelites to do is stated second. Alternate translation: “Now you may plunder the spoil of Ai and its livestock for yourselves, but otherwise you must do to Ai and its king just as you did to Jericho and its king” | |
| 345 | 8:3 | k4uk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | גִּבּוֹרֵ֣י הַחַ֔יִל | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **warriors of valor** in [1:14](../01/14.md) and [6:2](../06/02.md). Alternate translation: “valiant warriors”` | |
| 346 | 8:4 | f2p3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative | רְ֠אוּ | 1 | See how you translated the similar use of this word in [6:2](../06/02.md) and [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “Pay attention” | |
| 347 | 8:4 | vacn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וִהְיִיתֶ֥ם כֻּלְּכֶ֖ם נְכֹנִֽים | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and all of you shall prepare yourselves” | |
| 348 | 8:5 | zlt5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | בָּרִֽאשֹׁנָ֔ה | 1 | Joshua is using the adjective **first** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this adjective with an equivalent phrase, here and in the next verse. Alternate translation: “the first time” or “at the first time” | |
| 349 | 8:5 | a6e7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | בָּרִֽאשֹׁנָ֔ה | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use an equivalent expression to express the meaning, here and in the next verse. Alternate translation: “before” | |
| 350 | 8:6 | itei | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ נָסִ֣ים לְפָנֵ֔ינוּ כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר בָּרִֽאשֹׁנָ֑ה | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “For they will say that we are fleeing to their faces, just as at the first” | |
| 351 | 8:7 | fw9x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וּנְתָנָ֛הּ & בְּיֶדְכֶֽם | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “will enable you to conquer it” | |
| 352 | 8:8 | j021 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | תַּצִּ֤יתוּ אֶת־ הָעִיר֙ בָּאֵ֔שׁ | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression in [6:24](../06/24.md). Alternate translation: “you shall set the city on fire” or “you shall burn the city down” | |
| 353 | 8:8 | aj5t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | כִּדְבַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | Joshua is using the term **word** by association to represent what Yahweh has said by using words. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to what Yahweh has said” | |
| 354 | 8:8 | qds9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | רְא֖וּ צִוִּ֥יתִי אֶתְכֶֽם | 1 | See how you translated the similar use of the word **See** in [6:2](../06/02.md) and earlier in this chapter. Alternate translation: “Pay attention and be sure to do exactly as I have commanded you” | |
| 355 | 8:9 | i3lf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מִיָּ֣ם לָעָ֑י | 1 | As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, here and several other times in the following verses, the author describes the location of one place relative another in the way that is characteristic of his culture. Express these relative locations the way someone in your culture would. Alternate translation: “to the west of Ai” | |
| 356 | 8:12 | d5tf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיִּקַּ֕ח כַּחֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים אִ֑ישׁ וַיָּ֨שֶׂם אוֹתָ֜ם אֹרֵ֗ב | 1 | This statement seems to be a reminder of what Joshua did in [8:3–9](../08/03.md). For a discussion of why [8:3](../08/03.md) says that Joshua sent 30,000 men to lie in ambush while this verse says that he sent **about 5,000 men**, see the General Notes to this chapter. | |
| 357 | 8:13 | x0cl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/ writing-endofstory | Quote | 1 | The first sentence in this verse is a summary statement for 8:3–12. Use a natural form in your language for a summary statement at the end of one section of a story. Be sure that it is clear that this is a summary and not a description of a further action. | |
| 358 | 8:14 | a0rv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | כִּרְא֣וֹת מֶֽלֶךְ־ הָעַ֗י | 1 | The author does not say specifically what the king of Ai **saw**. This could mean: (1) that the king saw Joshua. The author has just said that Joshua went and spent the night in the valley near Ai, and the king may have seen him in the morning and concluded that this was the main force of the Israelite army and that he could attack and destroy it. Alternate translation: “as soon as the king of Ai saw Joshua” (2) that the king saw that the Israelite army north of the city. This could be a more general reference to the king seeing that the Israelites had set up their main camp to the north of the city. Alternate translation: “as soon as the king saw the Israelite army” | |
| 359 | 8:14 | kov9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | וַֽיְמַהֲר֡וּ וַיַּשְׁכִּ֡ימוּ | 1 | This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **hurried** tells in what way the men of the city **got up early**. Alternate translation: “Then … quickly got up early” | |
| 360 | 8:14 | ye1u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | עַמּ֛וֹ | 1 | As in [6:5](../06/05.md), the term **people** refers to soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and all of his soldiers” or “and his whole army” | |
| 361 | 8:16 | lcb5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּזָּעֲק֗וּ כָּל־הָעָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בעיר | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the king summoned all of the people who were in the city” | |
| 362 | 8:16 | k8ff | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | כָּל־הָעָם֙ | 1 | In this context, the phrase **the people** refers to the men who were able to fight. It is clear from [8:24](../08/24.md) that other people remained in the city. Alternate translation: “all of the fighting men” | |
| 363 | 8:16 | yt5n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּנָּתְק֖וּ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and this drew them away” | |
| 364 | 8:17 | kijl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | וְלֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֣ר אִ֗ישׁ בָּעַי֙ וּבֵ֣ית אֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־יָצְא֖וּ אַחֲרֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this sentence as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “And every man in Ai and Bethel went out after Israel” | |
| 365 | 8:17 | zip6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אִ֗ישׁ | 1 | Here, the term **man** refers specifically to the men who were able to fight. They left these two cities to pursue the Israelite army. Older men and those unable to fight because of some physical disability probably did not leave these cities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a man of fighting age” or “a man who could fight” | |
| 366 | 8:17 | gnnz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וּבֵ֣ית אֵ֔ל | 1 | The statement that the fighting men of **Bethel** also pursued the Israelites implicitly suggests that Bethel and Ai were allied cities. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “or in its allied city of Bethel” | |
| 367 | 8:17 | odgx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיַּעַזְב֤וּ אֶת־ הָעִיר֙ פְּתוּחָ֔ה | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and they left the gates of the city open” | |
| 368 | 8:18 | xe2m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | בְיָדְךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶ֑נָּה | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression in [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “I will enable you to conquer it” | |
| 369 | 8:18 | b6l6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | נְ֠טֵה בַּכִּיד֤וֹן אֲשֶׁר־בְּיָֽדְךָ֙ אֶל־הָעַ֔י כִּ֥י בְיָדְךָ֖ אֶתְּנֶ֑נָּה וַיֵּ֧ט יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ בַּכִּיד֥וֹן אֲשֶׁר־בְּיָד֖וֹ אֶל־הָעִֽיר | 1 | This action was a literal sign to Joshua’s soldiers to attack Ai, as the next verse indicates, but it was probably also a symbolic indication that Ai was to be destroyed. You should retain this action in your translation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate its meaning in footnote. | |
| 370 | 8:19 | cyya | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | וְהָאוֹרֵ֡ב קָם֩ מְהֵרָ֨ה מִמְּקוֹמ֤וֹ וַיָּר֨וּצוּ֙ | 1 | The word **ambush** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people acting together. That is why the pronoun **they** is plural. If your language does not use singular nouns in this way, you could describe this **ambush** as a group. Alternate translation: “And the Israelite soldiers who were hiding themselves rose quickly from their place, and they ran” | |
| 371 | 8:19 | brnr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | וַֽיְמַהֲר֔וּ וַיַּצִּ֥יתוּ | 1 | This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **hurried** tells in what way the soldiers from the ambush **burned** the city. Alternate translation: “and they hurriedly burned” | |
| 372 | 8:19 | j7b9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | וַיַּצִּ֥יתוּ אֶת־ הָעִ֖יר בָּאֵֽשׁ | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [8:8](../08/08.md). Alternate translation: “and they set the city on fire” | |
| 373 | 8:20 | lcmy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֨ה | 1 | The author is using the term **behold** to focus attention on what happens next in this story. Your language may have a comparable expression that you could use in your translation. | |
| 374 | 8:20 | vvzs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וְלֹא־הָיָ֨ה בָהֶ֥ם יָדַ֛יִם לָנ֖וּס הֵ֣נָּה וָהֵ֑נָּה | 1 | Here, **hand** represents the capability of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. This statement seems to introduce the action that the author describes in the rest of this verse and in the next two verses, in which the soldiers from Ai and Bethel become surrounded by the Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “and it was not possible for them to flee here or there” | |
| 375 | 8:20 | d2dq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | הֵ֣נָּה וָהֵ֑נָּה | 1 | The author is speaking of two things in order to mean them and everything in between. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “anywhere” | |
| 376 | 8:22 | mxej | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | וְאֵ֨לֶּה יָצְא֤וּ מִן־הָעִיר֙ לִקְרָאתָ֔ם וַיִּֽהְי֤וּ לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בַּתָּ֔וֶךְ | 1 | The pronoun **these** refers to the Israelite soldiers who had been hiding and who had just set the city of Ai on fire. The pronoun **them** refers to the Israelite soldiers who had openly attacked Ai and then pretended to flee, who had just turned around to attack their enemies. The pronoun **they** refers to the soldiers who had come out of the cities of Ai and Bethel. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “And the Israelite soldiers who had been hiding and who had just set the city of Ai on fire came out from the city to meet the Israelite soldiers who had just turned around to attack, so the soldiers who had come out of the cities of Ai and Bethel were in the midst of Israel” | |
| 377 | 8:22 | dlr1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַיִּֽהְי֤וּ לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בַּתָּ֔וֶךְ אֵ֥לֶּה מִזֶּ֖ה וְאֵ֣לֶּה מִזֶּ֑ה | 1 | The author is using the term **Israel** by association to the Israelite army. It is not significant which instance of **here** refers to which body of Israelite soldiers, the one coming from the city or the one coming back from the wilderness. Alternate translation: “so they were in the midst of Israelite soldiers, some coming at them from one direction and others coming at them from the other direction” | |
| 378 | 8:22 | s1lu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | וַיַּכּ֣וּ אוֹתָ֔ם עַד־ בִּלְתִּ֥י הִשְׁאִֽיר־ ל֖וֹ | 1 | After referring to the Israelite soldiers as **they** and the soldiers from Ai and Bethel as **them**, the author then refers to the Israelites as **he** and to their enemies as **him**. This probably reflects the use earlier in the verse of the singular term **Israel** to represent the Israelite soldiers. It may be more natural in your language to use plural pronouns throughout this sentence. Alternate translation: “And they struck them until they left to them no survivor or fugitive” | |
| 379 | 8:24 | dura | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | בַּשָּׂדֶ֗ה בַּמִּדְבָּר֙ | 1 | By using the terms **field** and **wilderness** together, the author could be: (1) giving further information about where **the field** was located. Alternate translation: “in the field that was in the wilderness” (2) naming two locations where the Israelite army killed the soldiers from Ai and Bethel. Alternate translation: “in the field and in the wilderness” | |
| 380 | 8:24 | xg2z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | וַֽיִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛ם לְפִי־חֶ֖רֶב עַד־תֻּמָּ֑ם וַיָּשֻׁ֤בוּ כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ הָעַ֔י וַיַּכּ֥וּ אֹתָ֖הּ לְפִי־חָֽרֶב | 1 | See how you translated the phrase “to the mouth of the sword” in [6:21](../06/21.md). Alternate translation: “once they had killed every one of those soldiers and none were left, that all of Israel returned to Ai and killed everyone who was there” | |
| 381 | 8:24 | uhnh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַֽיִּפְּל֥וּ כֻלָּ֛ם | 1 | The author is describing dying in battle by association with the word the word **fallen**, since soldiers who die in battle fall to the ground and die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and all of them had been killed” or “and all of them had died” | |
| 382 | 8:25 | d2ud | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | הַנֹּ֨פְלִ֜ים | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse . Alternate translation: “the ones who were killed” | |
| 383 | 8:25 | s6hq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | כֹּ֖ל אַנְשֵׁ֥י הָעָֽי | 1 | While the terms **man** and **woman** earlier in the verse have a specific sense, the masculine term **men** here has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation here that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “the entire population of the city” | |
| 384 | 8:26 | gcgu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | וִיהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ לֹֽא־ הֵשִׁ֣יב יָד֔וֹ | 1 | The author is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a term that is the opposite of the action he wishes to emphasize. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And Joshua continued holding out his hand” | |
| 385 | 8:27 | jyr5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | רַ֣ק הַבְּהֵמָ֗ה וּשְׁלַל֙ הָעִ֣יר הַהִ֔יא בָּזְז֥וּ לָהֶ֖ם יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | Here, the word **However** is introducing a contrast. What follows the word **However** is in contrast to what the Israelites did to the inhabitants of Ai in the previous verse. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “By contrast, Israel did plunder for themselves the livestock and the spoil of that city” | |
| 386 | 8:27 | agn1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | כִּדְבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | The author is using the term **word** to represent what Yahweh commanded by using words. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “according to the commandment of Yahweh” | |
| 387 | 8:28 | nq1b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | שְׁמָמָ֔ה | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **desolation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a desolate place” | |
| 388 | 8:28 | unrb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | For the instances of the phrase **unto this day** here and in the next verse, see how you translated that phrase in [4:9](../04/09.md), where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 389 | 8:29 | yq50 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | The author is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “that remains until this day” or “that is still there at the present time” | |
| 390 | 8:30 | isui | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential | אָ֣ז | 1 | The word **Then** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After that” or “After raising a great pile of stones over the corpse of the king of Ai” | |
| 391 | 8:31 | td7f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | כַּכָּתוּב֙ בְּסֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the book of the law of Moses says” or “as Moses wrote in his book of the law” | |
| 392 | 8:31 | ihwd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־ הֵנִ֥יף עֲלֵיהֶ֖ן בַּרְזֶ֑ל | 1 | The law is using the first part of a process to mean that entire process. Picking up an **iron tool** and holding it over a stone is the first step in using that tool to shape the stone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which no one has used an iron tool to shape” | |
| 393 | 8:33 | cool | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מִזֶּ֣ה ׀ וּמִזֶּ֣ה ׀ לָאָר֡וֹן | 1 | As the General Notes to this chapter discuss, the author is describing the location of one place relative another in the way that is characteristic of his culture. Alternate translation: “on both sides of the Box” or “on either side of the Box” | |
| 394 | 8:33 | vffb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | חֶצְיוֹ֙ & וְהַֽחֶצְי֖וֹ | 1 | The pronoun **him** in both instances refers to **Israel**, which means all of the Israelites. It may be more natural in your language to use plural pronouns. Alternate translation: “half of them … and half of them” | |
| 395 | 8:33 | wd9u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | בָּרִאשֹׁנָֽה | 1 | The author is using the adjective **first** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this adjective with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he first delivered the law” | |
| 396 | 8:34 | vf71 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | הַכָּת֖וּב | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses had written” | |
| 397 | 8:35 | ym6u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִכֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative expression. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word that Moses had commanded” | |
| 398 | 8:35 | ozlo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְהַנָּשִׁ֣ים וְהַטַּ֔ף וְהַגֵּ֖ר | 1 | The author is making clear that on this occasion, the **assembly of Israel** did not consist only of male representatives of tribes or clans or extended families, but that it also included **women** and **children** and **sojourners**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “including all of the women and children and all of the sojourners” | |
| 399 | 9:intro | w1cx | 0 | # Joshua 9 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Israel’s mistake\n\nIsrael was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important Translation Issues\n\n### The Hivites\n\nIn [3:10](../03/10.md) the Israelites are given a list of the nations that they are told to “dispossess” from the land. This list includes the Hivites. In [9:1-2](../09/01.md) the author of Joshua records that when the kings on the west side of the Jordan River heard what the Israelites had done to Ai that they made an agreement to fight against the Israelites. The list in [9:2](../09/02.md) of kings that agreed to fight against the Israelites includes “the Hivite.” The author records in [9:3-4](../09/03.md) that when “those who dwelled in Gibeon heard what Joshua had done to Jericho and to the Ai … they … acted with cunning.” The author then records in [9:7](../09/07.md) that those who dwelled in Gibeon were “Hivite.” The Hivite nation consisted of multiple people groups of whom the Gibeonites were just one. This is why the author could say in [9:1-2](../09/01.md) that among the kings who gathered to fight the Israelites were Hivites and also say that the Gibeonites were Hivites. | |||
| 400 | 9:1 | j010 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֣י | 1 | The author is using this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. | |
| 401 | 9:1 | j011 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּעֵ֨בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֜ן | 1 | The description that follows indicates that by **the other side of the Jordan**, the author means the side opposite to the one from which the Israelites approached the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the west side of the Jordan River” | |
| 402 | 9:1 | j022 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | הַֽחִתִּי֙ וְהָ֣אֱמֹרִ֔י הַֽכְּנַעֲנִי֙ הַפְּרִזִּ֔י הַחִוִּ֖י וְהַיְבוּסִֽי | 1 | The author is not referring to specific individuals. He is describing the people groups that these **kings** ruled. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using plural forms. Alternate translation: “that is, the kings of the Hittites, Amorites, Canaanites, Perizzites, Hivites, and Jebusites” | |
| 403 | 9:2 | uj94 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד | 1 | The author is using a common expression of his culture, **as one mouth**, to mean “by unanimous agreement.” (All the kings said the same thing, that they would fight the Israelites, so it was as if together they only had one mouth.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by unanimous agreement” | |
| 404 | 9:4 | r5yb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | וַיַּעֲשׂ֤וּ גַם־ הֵ֨מָּה֙ בְּעָרְמָ֔ה | 1 | The word **also** does not indicate that the other kings had acted **with cunning** and the people of Gibeon did the same. Rather, the idea is that the other kings acted by joining forces to fight the Israelites, and the people of Gibeon **also** acted, but **with cunning** rather than by fighting. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. “And they also took action, but unlike the other kings, they did not prepare to fight; they used cunning” | |
| 405 | 9:4 | aktq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | בְּעָרְמָ֔ה | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **cunning**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “craftily” | |
| 406 | 9:5 | q9v6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | נִקֻּדִֽים | 1 | This word could mean (1) **moldy**, as in the ULT, here and in [9:12](../09/12.md). (2) **crumbs**. Alternate translation: “crumbs” | |
| 407 | 9:6 | rz8e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל | 1 | The author is not referring to a specific **man**. He means the men **of Israel** in general and, as verses 15 and 18–21 indicate, most likely the leaders of Israel. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel” | |
| 408 | 9:6 | uh11 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְעַתָּ֖ה | 1 | See how you translated in [1:2](../01/02.md) this expression that people of this time used to introduce the main business of a message. | |
| 409 | 9:6 | mo5f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | כִּרְתוּ־לָ֥נוּ בְרִֽית | 1 | See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “make a covenant with us” | |
| 410 | 9:7 | m0h0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-genericnoun | אִֽישׁ־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel” | |
| 411 | 9:7 | ojg7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-genericnoun | הַחִוִּ֑י | 1 | The author is not referring to a specific **Hivites**. He means the Gibeonite messengers, who were Hivites. It may be more natural in your language to express this meaning by using a plural form. Alternate translation: “these Hivites” | |
| 412 | 9:7 | t1r4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | וְאֵ֖יךְ אֶֽכְרָת־ לְךָ֥ בְרִֽית | 1 | The Israelite leaders are using the question form for emphasis. If a speaker of your language would not use the question form for that purpose, you could translate this as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “In that case, we could not cut a covenant with you!” | |
| 413 | 9:8 | ki9n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ אֲנָ֑חְנוּ | 1 | By saying **We are your servants**, the Gibeonites do not mean that they are willing to become slaves, such as they eventually do become in this episode. Rather, they are agreeing to let Joshua be their ruler. They mean implicitly that they will accept the terms he specifies, such as paying tribute. You could indicate this explicitly in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “We are willing to serve you as our ruler” | |
| 414 | 9:9 | mrhs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | מֵאֶ֨רֶץ רְחוֹקָ֤ה מְאֹד֙ בָּ֣אוּ עֲבָדֶ֔יךָ לְשֵׁ֖ם יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of the name of Yahweh your God, your servants have come from a very distant land” | |
| 415 | 9:9 | kvs5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | עֲבָדֶ֔יךָ | 1 | To show respect to Joshua, the Gibeonites are speaking about themselves in the third person. They are not assuming that he has already agreed to let them serve him as their ruler. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “We, your servants” | |
| 416 | 9:9 | yve3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לְשֵׁ֖ם יְהוָ֣ה | 1 | Here, as in [7:9](../07/09.md), Yahweh’s **name** represents his reputation. Alternate translation: “because of the reputation of Yahweh” | |
| 417 | 9:10 | p9ed | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּעַשְׁתָּרֽוֹת | 1 | The word **Ashtaroth** is the name of the capital city of **Bashan**. If you have already translated the book of Deuteronomy, see how you translated this name in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). | |
| 418 | 9:11 | xd47 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | לֵאמֹ֗ר קְח֨וּ בְיֶדְכֶ֤ם צֵידָה֙ לַדֶּ֔רֶךְ וּלְכ֖וּ לִקְרָאתָ֑ם וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם אֲלֵיהֶם֙ | 1 | If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and told us to take provisions in our hand for the road and go to meet you and say to you” | |
| 419 | 9:11 | hq3m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | בְיֶדְכֶ֤ם | 1 | The Gibeonites and their leaders were using one part of a person, his **hand**, to represent all of him in the act of bringing something with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with you” | |
| 420 | 9:11 | z823 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לַדֶּ֔רֶךְ | 1 | The people of Gibeon are speaking of the men’s journey by association with **the road** on which they would walk. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for your journey” | |
| 421 | 9:11 | i2n7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | קְח֨וּ בְיֶדְכֶ֤ם צֵידָה֙ לַדֶּ֔רֶךְ וּלְכ֖וּ לִקְרָאתָ֑ם וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם אֲלֵיהֶם֙ עַבְדֵיכֶ֣ם אֲנַ֔חְנוּ וְעַתָּ֖ה כִּרְתוּ־לָ֥נוּ בְרִֽית | 1 | If your language would not use a third-level direct quotation (a quotation inside a quotation inside a quotation), you could translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we were your servants and that we wanted you to cut a covenant with us” | |
| 422 | 9:12 | bwk2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּ֣ה | 1 | In this context, the Gibeonites are using the term **behold** to mean that they want the Israelites to look at their bread. Alternate translation: “look at it” | |
| 423 | 9:13 | yyy2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֖ה | 1 | The Gibeonites are using the word **behold** here in the same way as in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “look at it” | |
| 424 | 9:13 | np0h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “our journey” | |
| 425 | 9:14 | c4ao | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וַיִּקְח֥וּ הָֽאֲנָשִׁ֖ים מִצֵּידָ֑ם | 1 | This could mean: (1) that the Israelite leaders tasted the provisions of the Gibeonites to see whether they were old. Alternate translation: “And the Israelite leaders tasted their provisions” (2) that they **took** some of these provisions out of the Gibeonites’ baggage to examine them. Alternate translation: “And the Israelite leaders examined their provisions” | |
| 426 | 9:14 | o4z2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | The author is using Yahweh’s **mouth** to represent Yahweh himself in the act of guiding or giving counsel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Yahweh to guide them” or “Yahweh to counsel them” | |
| 427 | 9:15 | v90y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | וַיַּ֨עַשׂ לָהֶ֤ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ֙ שָׁל֔וֹם | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Joshua agreed that the Israelite people would have a peaceful relationship with the Gibeonite people” | |
| 428 | 9:16 | kr1s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | וַיְהִ֗י | 1 | The author is using this phrase to introduce a new development in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new development. | |
| 429 | 9:16 | t8q2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | מִקְצֵה֙ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים | 1 | See how you translated the similar expression in [1:11](../01/11.md). Translate this in the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “a couple of days later” | |
| 430 | 9:16 | hvn0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֗וּ כִּי־ קְרֹבִ֥ים הֵם֙ אֵלָ֔יו וּבְקִרְבּ֖וֹ הֵ֥ם יֹשְׁבִֽים | 1 | The phrases **they were near to them** and **they were dwelling among them** mean basically the same thing. The author says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that the Gibeonites lived close to the Israelites. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases into one and show the emphasis in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that they actually lived close to them!” | |
| 431 | 9:17 | s1u5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֑י | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, but your culture reckons the present day as day one, you could use a cardinal number here. Otherwise, see how you translated the similar expressions in [1:11](../01/11.md) and [9:16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “on day three” or “after traveling for two days” | |
| 432 | 9:17 | q18q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהַכְּפִירָ֔ה וּבְאֵר֖וֹת וְקִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים | 1 | **Kephirah**, **Beeroth**, and **Kiriath Jearim** are the names of cities that were subject to the king of the city of Gibeon. | |
| 433 | 9:18 | c632 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | וְלֹ֤א הִכּוּם֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּֽי־נִשְׁבְּע֤וּ לָהֶם֙ נְשִׂיאֵ֣י הָֽעֵדָ֔ה בַּֽיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “And because the leaders of the congregation had sworn to them by Yahweh the God of Israel, the sons of Israel did not strike them” | |
| 434 | 9:19 | vrwa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ נִשְׁבַּ֣עְנוּ | 1 | For emphasis, the **leaders** are stating a pronoun whose meaning is already present in the verb translated as **sworn**. If your language can state implied pronouns explicitly for emphasis, you may want to use that construction here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of bringing out this emphasis. The ULT does so by using the intensive pronoun **ourselves**. | |
| 435 | 9:19 | z1k2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | לֹ֥א נוּכַ֖ל לִנְגֹּ֥עַ בָּהֶֽם | 1 | In context such as this, the word translated as **touch** has the sense of “harm” or “kill.” In some languages, this may sound like an understatement for emphasis, and you could express the meaning that way. Alternate translation: “we cannot do the slightest thing to harm them” | |
| 436 | 9:20 | ak2u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | וְלֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֤ה עָלֵ֨ינוּ֙ קֶ֔צֶף | 1 | The leaders mean implicitly that they do not want the **wrath** of Yahweh to be **upon** them, that is, they do not want Yahweh to be angry with them and punish them for breaking their **oath**. You could indicate this explicitly in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “so Yahweh will not be angry with us and punish us” | |
| 437 | 9:21 | wg7n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | וַ֠יִּֽהְיוּ חֹטְבֵ֨י עֵצִ֤ים וְשֹֽׁאֲבֵי־ מַ֨יִם֙ לְכָל־ הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה | 1 | Some versions treat this phrase as a continuation of what the leaders said to the congregation. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to make this part of the quotation from the leaders if it does. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to end the quotation before this phrase, as the ULT does. | |
| 438 | 9:22 | ylp8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | לֵאמֹ֗ר רְחוֹקִ֨ים אֲנַ֤חְנוּ מִכֶּם֙ מְאֹ֔ד | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that you are very far from us” | |
| 439 | 9:23 | kam4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְעַתָּ֖ה | 1 | See how you translated this expression, which introduces the main business of a communication, in [1:2](../01/02.md) and its other occurrences. | |
| 440 | 9:23 | b8vf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | אֲרוּרִ֣ים אַתֶּ֑ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Yahweh has cursed you” | |
| 441 | 9:23 | f0kc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | וְלֹֽא־ יִכָּרֵ֨ת מִכֶּ֜ם עֶ֗בֶד וְחֹטְבֵ֥י עֵצִ֛ים וְשֹֽׁאֲבֵי־ מַ֖יִם | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **cut off**, which in this context means “cease to be.” Alternate translation: “and each of you shall always be a slave who hews wood and draws water” | |
| 442 | 9:23 | ozk4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְלֹֽא־יִכָּרֵ֨ת מִכֶּ֜ם עֶ֗בֶד | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And we will not cut off any of you from being a slave” | |
| 443 | 9:24 | s17h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication | הֻגֵּ֨ד הֻגַּ֤ד לַעֲבָדֶ֨יךָ֙ | 1 | The Gibeonites are repeating the verb **declared** in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it was clearly declared to your servants” | |
| 444 | 9:24 | wq4j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | כִּי֩ הֻגֵּ֨ד הֻגַּ֤ד לַעֲבָדֶ֨יךָ֙ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people clearly declared to your servants” | |
| 445 | 9:24 | mjzr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | לַעֲבָדֶ֨יךָ֙ | 1 | To show respect to Joshua, the Gibeonites are speaking humbly about themselves in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to us, your servants” | |
| 446 | 9:24 | wuz9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | לָכֶם֙ & מִפְּנֵיכֶ֑ם & מִפְּנֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | The first two instances of **your** are singular because the Gibeonites are addressing Joshua. The other two instances of **your** and the word **you** are plural because the Gibeonites are referring to the Israelites as a group. Use the corresponding forms in your translation if your language marks this distinction. | |
| 447 | 9:24 | kbti | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | מִפְּנֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | The Gibeonites are using one part of the Israelite people, their **faces**, to represent all of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of you” | |
| 448 | 9:25 | h9nz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְעַתָּ֖ה | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [9:23](../09/23.md). | |
| 449 | 9:25 | enss | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | הִנְנ֣וּ בְיָדֶ֑ךָ | 1 | See how you translated the same expression in [2:18](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “we are in your hand” | |
| 450 | 9:25 | im6m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְיָדֶ֑ךָ | 1 | Here, the **hand** represents the power or control that a person has over someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your control” or “under your control” | |
| 451 | 9:25 | a5un | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | כַּטּ֨וֹב וְכַיָּשָׁ֧ר | 1 | The terms **good** and **right** mean similar things. The author is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “as is most appropriate” | |
| 452 | 9:25 | octw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּעֵינֶ֛יךָ | 1 | The Gibeonites are using the term **eyes** by association to mean sight. Sight, in turn, represents judgment and perspective. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your perspective” or “in your judgment” | |
| 453 | 9:26 | zymn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | וַיַּצֵּ֥ל אוֹתָ֛ם מִיַּ֥ד בְּנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | The author is using one part of the **sons of Israel**, their **hand**, to represent all of them in the potential act of killing the Gibeonites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “And he delivered them so that the sons of Israel did not kill them” | |
| 454 | 9:27 | p81s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַד־הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md), where it occurs with the same meaning. Alternate translation: “right up to this time” | |
| 455 | 10:intro | uy1f | 0 | # Joshua 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines in 10:12–13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”\nIsrael’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### Idiom\n\nThe people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### Long sentence\n\nIn Hebrew [10:1-2](../10/01.md) is one long sentence. If your language does not use long sentences you could divide this long sentence into shorter sentences as the UST does. | |||
| 456 | 10:1 | au8p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | וַיְהִי֩ כִשְׁמֹ֨עַ אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק מֶ֣לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם | 1 | The phrase **And it happened that as soon as** introduces a new event that happened **soon** after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event that happens shortly after the preceding event. | |
| 457 | 10:1 | hlsq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וַיְהִי֩ כִשְׁמֹ֨עַ אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק מֶ֣לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם כִּֽי־לָכַ֨ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ אֶת־הָעַי֮ וַיַּחֲרִימָהּ֒ כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשָׂ֤ה לִֽירִיחוֹ֙ וּלְמַלְכָּ֔הּ כֵּן־עָשָׂ֥ה לָעַ֖י וּלְמַלְכָּ֑הּ וְכִ֨י הִשְׁלִ֜ימוּ יֹשְׁבֵ֤י גִבְעוֹן֙ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַיִּֽהְי֖וּ בְּקִרְבָּֽם | 1 | The author provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in this episode. Specifically to help readers understand why [10:2](../10/02.md) says “The people of Jerusalem became very afraid” and why in [10:3-4](../10/03.md) King Adoni-Zedek sent a message to other kings requesting that they help him fight against the Israelites. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. | |
| 458 | 10:1 | zqsj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק | 1 | **Adoni-Zedek** is the name of a man who was **the king of Jerusalem**. | |
| 459 | 10:1 | n1dd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | הִשְׁלִ֜ימוּ יֹשְׁבֵ֤י גִבְעוֹן֙ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with an adjective or in some other way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who dwelled in Gibeon had agreed to have a peaceful relationship with Israel” | |
| 460 | 10:3 | y6ss | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַרְמ֜וּת & לָכִ֛ישׁ & עֶגְל֖וֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 461 | 10:3 | k9rg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הוֹהָ֣ם & פִּרְאָ֨ם & יָפִ֧יעַ & דְּבִ֥יר | 1 | These are the names of kings. | |
| 462 | 10:4 | ct5k | עֲלֽוּ־אֵלַ֣י | 1 | “Travel to where I am.” Jerusalem was higher in elevation than other cities in Canaan. | ||
| 463 | 10:5 | d9vy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | חֲמֵ֣שֶׁת׀ מַלְכֵ֣י | 1 | “5 kings” | |
| 464 | 10:5 | m422 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַרְמוּת֙ & לָכִ֣ישׁ & עֶגְל֔וֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 465 | 10:5 | vs78 | וַֽיַּחֲנוּ֙ עַל | 1 | This means they set up their camp around their city. This was a way of weakening those in the city. It prevented people from escaping the city, and it prevented others from bringing food and water to them in the city. | ||
| 466 | 10:6 | wk68 | לֵאמֹ֔ר | 1 | The word “They” here refers to Gibeonites. | ||
| 467 | 10:6 | zhx9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | אַל־תֶּ֥רֶף יָדֶ֖יךָ מֵֽעֲבָדֶ֑יךָ | 1 | This humble request is stated with two negatives to emphasize the need for a positive action. Alternate translation: “Please come and use your strength to protect us” | |
| 468 | 10:6 | am1x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | יָדֶ֖יךָ | 1 | The word “hands” here refers to the people of Israel’s strength. Alternate translation: “your strength” | |
| 469 | 10:8 | c4uw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְיָדְךָ֖ נְתַתִּ֑ים | 1 | Here “hand” represents the people of Israel’s strength and their ability to defeat their enemy. The word “them” refers to the attacking army. | |
| 470 | 10:8 | du96 | נְתַתִּ֑ים | 1 | Here the word “them” refers to the attacking armies. | ||
| 471 | 10:9 | ecq8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | וַיָּבֹ֧א אֲלֵיהֶ֛ם יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ | 1 | The entire army of Israel is referred to here by the name of their commander, Joshua. | |
| 472 | 10:10 | sq89 | וַיְהֻמֵּ֤ם יְהוָה֙ לִפְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | Here “Israel” refers to the entire army of Israel. | ||
| 473 | 10:10 | yr7y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵית־חוֹרֹ֔ן & עֲזֵקָ֖ה & מַקֵּדָֽה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 474 | 10:11 | fbf9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּית־חוֹרֹן֙ & עֲזֵקָ֖ה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 475 | 10:11 | tuc9 | הִשְׁלִ֣יךְ עֲלֵיהֶם֩ אֲבָנִ֨ים גְּדֹל֧וֹת מִן־הַשָּׁמַ֛יִם | 1 | Alternate translation: “threw large hailstones from the sky” | ||
| 476 | 10:12 | si1e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ בְּגִבְע֣וֹן דּ֔וֹם וְיָרֵ֖חַ בְּעֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן | 1 | Joshua is praying that Yahweh would make the progression of time stop on this day. | |
| 477 | 10:12 | j9zt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ & וְיָרֵ֖חַ | 1 | Joshua commands the sun and moon as if these were people. | |
| 478 | 10:12 | ug8m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּעֵ֥מֶק אַיָּלֽוֹן | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 479 | 10:13 | dq14 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | גּוֹי֙ | 1 | This refers to the people of Israel. | |
| 480 | 10:13 | b91l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | הֲלֹא־הִ֥יא כְתוּבָ֖ה עַל־סֵ֣פֶר הַיָּשָׁ֑ר | 1 | The writer uses this question as background information to remind the reader that the incident is well-documented. Alternate translation: “This is written in The Book of Jashar.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 481 | 10:16 | wcb9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּמַקֵּדָֽה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 482 | 10:17 | mns8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיֻּגַּ֖ד לִיהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ | 1 | Messengers came and told Joshua. Alternate translation: “Someone told Joshua” | |
| 483 | 10:19 | l8tl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּיֶדְכֶֽם | 1 | The phrase “your hand” here means “your control.” | |
| 484 | 10:21 | kb3w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מַקֵּדָ֖ה | 1 | Translate the same way as you did in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). | |
| 485 | 10:21 | py6w | לֹֽא־חָרַ֞ץ לִבְנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְאִ֖ישׁ אֶת־לְשֹׁנֽוֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “No one dared to say anything against” or “No one dared to complain or protest against” | ||
| 486 | 10:22 | zs9n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | פִּתְח֖וּ אֶת־פִּ֣י הַמְּעָרָ֑ה | 1 | Here “mouth” is an idiom that means “entrance.” Alternate translation: “Open the entrance of the cave” | |
| 487 | 10:23 | g4te | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַרְמ֔וּת & לָכִ֖ישׁ & עֶגְלֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 488 | 10:24 | dnc1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | כָּל־אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל | 1 | Here the men of Israel represent only those who were soldiers. | |
| 489 | 10:27 | e9z9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַד־עֶ֖צֶם הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the similar phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md). | |
| 490 | 10:28 | e1nc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מַקֵּדָ֔ה | 1 | This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Joshua 10:10](../10/10.md). | |
| 491 | 10:28 | nhk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | הֶחֱרִ֣ם אוֹתָ֗ם וְאֶת־כָּל־הַנֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֔הּ לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד | 1 | The second sentence summarizes the first sentence to emphasize that Joshua left no person or animal alive. | |
| 492 | 10:29 | k439 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לִבְנָ֑ה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 493 | 10:31 | dsk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִלִּבְנָ֖ה לָכִ֑ישָׁה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 494 | 10:32 | yw79 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּיַ֣ד יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל | 1 | Here their “hand” represents their control. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave Lachish into the control of the nation of Israel” | |
| 495 | 10:33 | rff2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הֹרָם֙ | 1 | This is the name of a man who is an important king. | |
| 496 | 10:33 | lp2c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גֶּ֔זֶר & אֶת־לָכִ֑ישׁ | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 497 | 10:34 | y3g9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִלָּכִ֖ישׁ עֶגְלֹ֑נָה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 498 | 10:35 | dqi7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | וַיַּכּ֣וּהָ לְפִי־חֶ֔רֶב וְאֵת֙ כָּל־הַנֶּ֣פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־ & הַה֖וּא הֶחֱרִ֑ים | 1 | These two phrases have similar meanings. Together they show the completeness of the destruction of Eglon. | |
| 499 | 10:36 | a6ng | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵעֶגְל֖וֹנָה | 1 | This is the name of a city. See how you translated this in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). | |
| 500 | 10:37 | gba2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַיִּלְכְּד֣וּהָ וַיַּכּֽוּהָ־לְפִי־חֶ֠רֶב | 1 | The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They captured and killed and destroyed” | |
| 501 | 10:38 | mr8b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דְּבִ֑רָה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 502 | 10:39 | g2ta | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לִדְבִ֨רָה֙ & לְלִבְנָ֖ה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 503 | 10:39 | m8bf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַיַּכּ֣וּם לְפִי־חֶ֔רֶב | 1 | The sword represents the army of Israel and striking expresses the idea of slaughter and destruction. Alternate translation: “They killed and destroyed them” | |
| 504 | 10:40 | u843 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וְאֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵיהֶ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖יר שָׂרִ֑יד וְאֵ֤ת כָּל־הַנְּשָׁמָה֙ הֶחֱרִ֔ים | 1 | These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize the complete destruction that the people of Israel accomplished at Yahweh’s command. | |
| 505 | 10:42 | qy8i | כָּל־הַמְּלָכִ֤ים הָאֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְאֶת־אַרְצָ֔ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ | 1 | This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md). | ||
| 506 | 10:42 | rbp2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ | 1 | Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” | |
| 507 | 10:42 | f9tx | פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת | 1 | This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks. | ||
| 508 | 11:intro | g8mw | 0 | # Joshua 11 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms\n\nYahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\n### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”\nThis phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |||
| 509 | 11:1 | a1ca | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יָבִ֣ין & יוֹבָב֙ | 1 | These are names of kings. | |
| 510 | 11:1 | zi5u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חָצ֑וֹר & מָד֔וֹן & שִׁמְר֖וֹן & אַכְשָֽׁף | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 511 | 11:2 | gz61 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת & וּבְנָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 512 | 11:3 | rds6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֶרְמ֔וֹן | 1 | This is the name of a mountain. | |
| 513 | 11:4 | d9fb | 0 | # General Information:\n\nAll the Canaanite kings attack Joshua and the nation of Israel. | |||
| 514 | 11:4 | e5l4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | וְכָל־מַֽחֲנֵיהֶם֙ עִמָּ֔ם עַם־רָ֕ב כַּח֛וֹל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־שְׂפַת־הַיָּ֖ם לָרֹ֑ב | 1 | No one can count the grains of sand on the seashore. This exaggeration emphasizes the very large number of soldiers that these kings assembled. Alternate translation: “such a great number of soldiers that there appeared to be as many of them as there are grains of sand on the seashore” | |
| 515 | 11:5 | kc2e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵר֔וֹם | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 516 | 11:6 | n348 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אָנֹכִ֞י נֹתֵ֧ן אֶת־כֻּלָּ֛ם חֲלָלִ֖ים לִפְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | Yahweh enabling Israel to conquer the enemy army and kill all of the soldiers is spoken of as if Yahweh killed the soldiers and then gave them to Israel. Alternate translation: “I will enable Israel to kill all of them in battle” | |
| 517 | 11:6 | lgk2 | אֶת־סוּסֵיהֶ֣ם תְּעַקֵּ֔ר | 1 | “cripple their horses by cutting their legs.” This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot walk. | ||
| 518 | 11:7 | sm9k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵר֖וֹם | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 519 | 11:8 | cw9y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּתְּנֵ֨ם יְהוָ֥ה בְּיַֽד־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ | 1 | Here the word “hand” represents power. Yahweh enabling the army of Israel to conquer their enemy is spoken of as if Yahweh had put the enemy army into Israel’s hand. Alternate translation: “Yahweh enabled Israel to conquer the enemy” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 520 | 11:8 | n4ub | וַיַּכּוּם֒ & וַיַּכֻּ֕ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “attacked them … attacked them” | ||
| 521 | 11:8 | m9b1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִשְׂרְפ֣וֹת מַ֔יִם | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 522 | 11:9 | q7dn | עִקֵּ֔ר | 1 | This is a practice where the tendons in the backs of the legs are cut so that the horses cannot run. See how you translated this word in [Joshua 11:6](../11/06.md). | ||
| 523 | 11:10 | pbp8 | מַלְכָּ֖הּ הִכָּ֣ה בֶחָ֑רֶב | 1 | Alternate translation: “Joshua killed the king of Hazor with his sword” | ||
| 524 | 11:10 | cjd1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | חָצ֣וֹר לְפָנִ֔ים הִ֕יא רֹ֖אשׁ כָּל־הַמַּמְלָכ֥וֹת הָאֵֽלֶּה | 1 | Hazor being the most important city is spoken of as Hazor being the head of the other kingdoms. Alternate translation: “Hazor had been the most important of all these kingdoms” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 525 | 11:11 | be72 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וַ֠יַּכּוּ אֶת־כָּל־הַנֶּ֨פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֤הּ לְפִי־חֶ֨רֶב֙ הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם לֹ֥א נוֹתַ֖ר כָּל־נְשָׁמָ֑ה | 1 | These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. | |
| 526 | 11:11 | z2md | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | הַֽחֲרֵ֔ם | 1 | The word “he” refers to Joshua and represents himself and his army. Completely destroying every living thing in the city is spoken of as if those living things were dedicated for destruction. Alternate translation: “the army completely destroyed them” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 527 | 11:12 | i5tz | וַיַּכֵּ֥ם לְפִי־חֶ֖רֶב | 1 | Alternate translation: “killed them” | ||
| 528 | 11:13 | f8kv | הֶעָרִ֗ים הָעֹֽמְדוֹת֙ עַל־תִּלָּ֔ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “cities built on small hills” | ||
| 529 | 11:14 | grk1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | לָהֶ֖ם | 1 | This phrase refers to the army of Israel. | |
| 530 | 11:14 | n215 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | אֶֽת־כָּל־הָאָדָ֞ם הִכּ֣וּ לְפִי־חֶ֗רֶב עַד־הִשְׁמִדָם֙ אוֹתָ֔ם לֹ֥א הִשְׁאִ֖ירוּ כָּל־נְשָׁמָֽה | 1 | These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize complete destruction. | |
| 531 | 11:15 | ta4x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | לֹֽא־הֵסִ֣יר דָּבָ֔ר מִכֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה | 1 | This negative phrase emphasizes that Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “Joshua did everything that Yahweh commanded” | |
| 532 | 11:17 | yr6b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָהָ֤ר הֶֽחָלָק֙ & בַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 533 | 11:20 | pq7v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | מֵאֵ֣ת יְהוָ֣ה׀ הָיְתָ֡ה לְחַזֵּ֣ק אֶת־לִבָּם֩ | 1 | Yahweh causing the people of the cities to be stubborn is spoken of as if Yahweh had hardened their hearts. Alternate translation: “it was Yahweh who caused them to act stubbornly” | |
| 534 | 11:21 | im1q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־הָֽעֲנָקִים֙ | 1 | These are the descendants of Anak. | |
| 535 | 11:21 | p6cd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דְּבִ֣ר & עֲנָ֔ב | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 536 | 11:23 | qe5v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּתְּנָהּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְנַחֲלָ֧ה לְיִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל | 1 | Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” | |
| 537 | 11:23 | x695 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | וְהָאָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִמִּלְחָמָֽה | 1 | The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 538 | 12:intro | ga6k | 0 | # Joshua 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe ULT sets the lines in 12:2–5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list. | |||
| 539 | 12:1 | e45x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | וְאֵ֣לֶּה | 1 | This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. | |
| 540 | 12:1 | fe2c | וְאֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י | 1 | This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24. | ||
| 541 | 12:1 | g8ju | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָעֲרָבָ֖ה | 1 | These are the names of a region of land. | |
| 542 | 12:2 | uv1m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵעֲרוֹעֵ֡ר | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 543 | 12:2 | ts6s | סִיחוֹן֙ & בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן | 1 | See how you translated these words in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md). | ||
| 544 | 12:3 | dh7d | יָ֨ם כִּנְר֜וֹת | 1 | This is a place. See how you translated this in [Joshua 11:2](../11/02.md). | ||
| 545 | 12:3 | gc3x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֣ית הַיְשִׁמ֑וֹת & הַפִּסְגָּֽה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 546 | 12:4 | zb6d | ע֚וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַבָּשָׁ֔ן | 1 | See how you translated this man’s name in [Joshua 9:10](../09/10.md). | ||
| 547 | 12:4 | m4ct | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָרְפָאִ֑ים | 1 | These are the names of people groups. | |
| 548 | 12:4 | t7hy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּעַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּבְאֶדְרֶֽעִי | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 549 | 12:5 | vu4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּבְסַלְכָה֙ | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 550 | 12:5 | sbq3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהַמַּעֲכָתִ֑י | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 551 | 12:6 | bsj6 | לָרֻֽאוּבֵנִי֙ | 1 | These are the descendants of Reuben. | ||
| 552 | 12:6 | p8zt | וְלַגָּדִ֔י | 1 | These are the descendants of Gad. | ||
| 553 | 12:6 | zk48 | וְלַחֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֥בֶט הַֽמְנַשֶּֽׁה | 1 | They are called a half tribe because the other half of the tribe received an inheritance in the land of Canaan. | ||
| 554 | 12:7 | nie7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִבַּ֤עַל גָּד֙ & הָהָ֥ר הֶחָלָ֖ק | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 555 | 12:8 | z37z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּבָֽעֲרָבָה֙ | 1 | This is the name of a region of land. Translate as in [Joshua 12:1](./01.md). | |
| 556 | 12:10 | ps2m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֶבְר֖וֹן | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 557 | 12:11 | aj97 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַרְמוּת֙ & לָכִ֖ישׁ | 1 | These are the names of cities. Translate in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). | |
| 558 | 12:12 | bgl2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עֶגְלוֹן֙ & גֶּ֖זֶר | 1 | These are the names of cities. Translate “Eglon” in the same way you did in [Joshua 10:3](../10/03.md). | |
| 559 | 12:13 | mgg8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דְּבִר֙ & גֶּ֖דֶר | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 560 | 12:14 | e9ba | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חָרְמָה֙ & עֲרָ֖ד | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 561 | 12:15 | nec9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לִבְנָה֙ & עֲדֻלָּ֖ם | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 562 | 12:16 | se49 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מַקֵּדָה֙ | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 563 | 12:17 | g346 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | תַּפּ֨וּחַ֙ & חֵ֖פֶר | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 564 | 12:18 | m8vl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֲפֵק֙ & לַשָּׁר֖וֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 565 | 12:19 | ga17 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מָדוֹן֙ & חָצ֖וֹר | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 566 | 12:20 | cq4i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | שִׁמְר֤וֹן מְראוֹן֙ & אַכְשָׁ֖ף | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 567 | 12:21 | pv5n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | תַּעְנַךְ֙ & מְגִדּ֖וֹ | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 568 | 12:22 | z2b9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙ & יָקְנֳעָ֥ם | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 569 | 12:23 | a6eq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דּ֛וֹר לְנָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר & גּוֹיִ֥ם | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 570 | 12:24 | kv8w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | תִּרְצָ֖ה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 571 | 12:24 | aeg5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְאֶחָֽד | 1 | “31 in all” | |
| 572 | 13:intro | zl7s | 0 | # Joshua 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Division of the land\n\nThere was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.\n\n### Driving out the people\n\nWhile Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) | |||
| 573 | 13:2 | s51z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | זֹ֥את הָאָ֖רֶץ הַנִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת | 1 | You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” | |
| 574 | 13:3 | q1nv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַשִּׁיח֞וֹר | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 575 | 13:3 | a3iw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” | |
| 576 | 13:3 | jnl3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהָעַוִּֽים | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 577 | 13:4 | b13s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּמְעָרָ֛ה & אֲפֵ֑קָה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 578 | 13:5 | bj71 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִבַּ֣עַל גָּ֔ד & הַר־חֶרְמ֑וֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 579 | 13:5 | jd8r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַגִּבְלִ֗י | 1 | This is the name of a people group who lived in Geba. | |
| 580 | 13:6 | b7pk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִשְׂרְפֹ֥ת מַ֨יִם֙ | 1 | this is the name of a place | |
| 581 | 13:6 | si8i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לְיִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּֽנַחֲלָ֔ה | 1 | The land that Israel will claim is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they will receive as a permanent possession. | |
| 582 | 13:9 | gfc4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵעֲרוֹעֵ֡ר & מֵידְבָ֖א & דִּיבֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 583 | 13:9 | lk8d | הַנַּ֛חַל | 1 | a place where the river is far below the land on the sides | ||
| 584 | 13:9 | t2an | הַמִּישֹׁ֥ר | 1 | flat land high above rivers | ||
| 585 | 13:10 | zm4w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 586 | 13:11 | whz4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | סַלְכָֽה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 587 | 13:11 | kc79 | וּגְב֧וּל הַגְּשׁוּרִ֣י וְהַמַּעֲכָתִ֗י | 1 | Alternate translation: “the land where the Geshurites and Maacathites lived” | ||
| 588 | 13:11 | l98j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהַמַּעֲכָתִ֗י | 1 | These are the names of people groups. | |
| 589 | 13:12 | hw24 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּעַשְׁתָּר֖וֹת וּבְאֶדְרֶ֑עִי | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 590 | 13:12 | u2dn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָרְפָאִ֔ים | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 591 | 13:12 | l1cu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | וַיַּכֵּ֥ם מֹשֶׁ֖ה | 1 | Here “Moses” represents himself and the Israelite army that Moses led. Alternate translation: “Moses and the Israelites attacked them” | |
| 592 | 13:13 | zb9l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־הַגְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְאֶת־הַמַּעֲכָתִ֑י | 1 | These are the names of people groups. | |
| 593 | 13:13 | hu1n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | גְּשׁ֤וּר וּמַֽעֲכָת֙ בְּקֶ֣רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | “Geshur” and “Maacath” are either the names of the ancestors of “the Geshurites” and “the Maacathites” or are the names of the cities in which they lived. Alternate translation: “those people live among Israel” | |
| 594 | 13:13 | xw7d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 595 | 13:14 | zs6y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לֹ֥א נָתַ֖ן נַחֲלָ֑ה | 1 | The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. | |
| 596 | 13:14 | v9zc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה & ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔וֹ | 1 | The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if the offerings were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “The offerings of Yahweh … are what they will have for their provision” | |
| 597 | 13:14 | br61 | אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “offerings that the people were to bring to Yahweh” | ||
| 598 | 13:14 | lz8a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | אִשֵּׁ֨י | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priests burned with fire” | |
| 599 | 13:16 | f1uv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵעֲרוֹעֵ֡ר & מֵידְבָֽא | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 600 | 13:16 | s5yv | נַ֨חַל & הַמִּישֹׁ֖ר | 1 | See how you translated these words in [Joshua 13:9](../13/09.md). | ||
| 601 | 13:17 | y6iu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֶשְׁבּ֥וֹן & דִּיבוֹן֙ וּבָמ֣וֹת בַּ֔עַל וּבֵ֖ית בַּ֥עַל מְעֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 602 | 13:18 | i4fe | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְיַ֥הְצָה וּקְדֵמֹ֖ת וּמֵפָֽעַת | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 603 | 13:19 | f1h3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְקִרְיָתַ֣יִם וְשִׂבְמָ֔ה וְצֶ֥רֶת הַשַּׁ֖חַר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 604 | 13:20 | is7v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּבֵ֥ית פְּע֛וֹר & הַפִּסְגָּ֖ה וּבֵ֥ית הַיְשִׁמֽוֹת | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 605 | 13:21 | uld7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 606 | 13:21 | j6hq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | סִיחוֹן֙ & אֶת־אֱוִ֤י וְאֶת־רֶ֨קֶם֙ וְאֶת־צ֤וּר וְאֶת־חוּר֙ וְאֶת־רֶ֔בַע | 1 | These are the names of people. | |
| 607 | 13:21 | x56e | אֹת֣וֹ׀ וְאֶת־נְשִׂיאֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן | 1 | Alternate translation: “as he had defeated the leaders of Midian” | ||
| 608 | 13:23 | gc1r | וּגְב֑וּל זֹ֣את | 1 | The Jordan River was the western border of the land that the tribe of Reuben received. | ||
| 609 | 13:23 | x56m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וּגְב֑וּל זֹ֣את נַחֲלַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙ | 1 | The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Reuben is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Reuben received as a permanent possession. | |
| 610 | 13:23 | ud8m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses gave to each of their clans” | |
| 611 | 13:25 | fmp2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַעְזֵר֙ & עֲרוֹעֵ֕ר & רַבָּֽה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 612 | 13:26 | mr54 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּמֵחֶשְׁבּ֛וֹן & רָמַ֥ת הַמִּצְפֶּ֖ה וּבְטֹנִ֑ים וּמִֽמַּחֲנַ֖יִם & לִדְבִֽר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 613 | 13:27 | ie4m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֣ית הָרָם֩ וּבֵ֨ית נִמְרָ֜ה וְסֻכּ֣וֹת וְצָפ֗וֹן & חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 614 | 13:28 | hla2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵי־גָ֖ד | 1 | The land that Moses assigned to the tribe of Gad is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribe of Gad received as a permanent possession. | |
| 615 | 13:29 | we69 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּתֵּ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה לַחֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה | 1 | The land that Moses assigned to the half tribe of Manasseh is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he gave to them as a permanent possession. | |
| 616 | 13:29 | gs84 | לַחֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה | 1 | Only half of the tribe received this land because the other half received land on the other side of the Jordan River. | ||
| 617 | 13:29 | p8yw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיְהִ֗י לַחֲצִ֛י | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned it” | |
| 618 | 13:30 | s32g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִמַּחֲנַ֨יִם & יָאִ֛יר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 619 | 13:31 | b2aa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְעַשְׁתָּר֣וֹת וְאֶדְרֶ֔עִי | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 620 | 13:31 | zde9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לִבְנֵ֤י | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses assigned these” | |
| 621 | 13:31 | g5si | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מָכִ֖יר | 1 | This is a man’s name. | |
| 622 | 13:32 | hh57 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה | 1 | The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” | |
| 623 | 13:33 | ce57 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔ם | 1 | The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” | |
| 624 | 14:intro | dsn7 | 0 | # Joshua 14 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Drive them out\n\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) | |||
| 625 | 14:1 | u4tc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְאֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. | |
| 626 | 14:1 | ql64 | אֲב֥וֹת הַמַּטּ֖וֹת | 1 | Alternate translation: “leaders of the tribes” | ||
| 627 | 14:2 | f1ux | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | בְּגוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” | |
| 628 | 14:2 | ti9l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה | 1 | Here the word “hand” refers to Moses himself and means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “through Moses” | |
| 629 | 14:3 | ptq4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | כִּֽי־נָתַ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה נַחֲלַ֨ת שְׁנֵ֤י הַמַּטּוֹת֙ וַחֲצִ֣י הַמַּטֶּ֔ה מֵעֵ֖בֶר לַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְלַ֨לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹֽא־נָתַ֥ן נַחֲלָ֖ה בְּתוֹכָֽם | 1 | The land that Moses gave to the tribes is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. | |
| 630 | 14:4 | tye1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְלֹֽא־נָתְנוּ֩ חֵ֨לֶק לַלְוִיִּ֜ם בָּאָ֗רֶץ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And Moses did not give a portion of the inheritance to the Levites in the land” | |
| 631 | 14:4 | c5l6 | חֵ֨לֶק | 1 | Alternate translation: “part” | ||
| 632 | 14:4 | tj8s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | כִּ֤י אִם־עָרִים֙ לָשֶׁ֔בֶת | 1 | The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “but he gave to them only certain cities to live in” | |
| 633 | 14:4 | m4nv | וּמִ֨גְרְשֵׁיהֶ֔ם | 1 | fields of grass for the livestock to eat | ||
| 634 | 14:4 | j8ys | וּלְקִנְיָנָֽם | 1 | physical things they needed so they could provide for their families | ||
| 635 | 14:6 | b9tc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יְפֻנֶּ֖ה | 1 | This is a man’s name. | |
| 636 | 14:6 | g6g8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַקְּנִזִּ֑י | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 637 | 14:7 | wqe2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וָאָשֵׁ֤ב אֹתוֹ֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר עִם־לְבָבִֽי | 1 | Here the word “heart” represents the thoughts. The phrase is an idiom that refers to a report that is given honestly. Alternate translation: “I brought back to him an honest report” | |
| 638 | 14:8 | q6zs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | הִמְסִ֖יו אֶת־לֵ֣ב הָעָ֑ם | 1 | Making the people very afraid is spoken of as if it were making the hearts of the people melt. Alternate translation: “made the people very afraid” | |
| 639 | 14:8 | d53a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְאָנֹכִ֣י מִלֵּ֔אתִי אַחֲרֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה | 1 | Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I remained loyal to Yahweh” | |
| 640 | 14:9 | ew2r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ & בָּ֔הּ לְךָ֨ תִֽהְיֶ֧ה לְנַחֲלָ֛ה וּלְבָנֶ֖יךָ עַד־עוֹלָ֑ם | 1 | The land that Caleb and his descendants would have is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. | |
| 641 | 14:9 | shc9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דָּרְכָ֤ה רַגְלְךָ֙ | 1 | Here “your foot” represents Caleb. Alternate translation: “the land on which you have walked” | |
| 642 | 14:10 | m9sn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּה֩…הִנֵּ֣ה | 1 | See how you translated the word **behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 643 | 14:10 | c4ma | אֲשֶׁר־הָלַ֥ךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר | 1 | Alternate translation: “while the people of Israel traveled in the wilderness” | ||
| 644 | 14:11 | q443 | כְּכֹ֥חִי אָ֖ז וּכְכֹ֣חִי עָ֑תָּה | 1 | Alternate translation: “I am still as strong now as I was then” | ||
| 645 | 14:11 | y4nf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְלָצֵ֥את וְלָבֽוֹא | 1 | This is an idiom that refers to daily activities. Alternate translation: “for the things I do every day” | |
| 646 | 14:12 | r8ka | אֶת־הָהָ֣ר | 1 | This could mean: (1) many large hills or small mountains or (2) one mountain. | ||
| 647 | 14:12 | ner3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עֲנָקִ֣ים | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 648 | 14:13 | q6ae | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּתֵּ֧ן אֶת־חֶבְר֛וֹן לְכָלֵ֥ב | 1 | Hebron is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Caleb received as a permanent possession. | |
| 649 | 14:14 | gji6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 650 | 14:14 | zii3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” | |
| 651 | 14:15 | hyh6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 652 | 14:15 | wv1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | וְהָאָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִמִּלְחָמָֽה | 1 | The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 653 | 15:intro | ght5 | 0 | # Joshua 15 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 654 | 15:1 | ex51 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | צִ֛ן | 1 | This is the name of the wilderness area. | |
| 655 | 15:2 | k5za | מִקְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַמֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַלָּשֹׁ֖ן הַפֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּה | 1 | “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins. | ||
| 656 | 15:2 | j6xn | מִן־הַלָּשֹׁ֖ן הַפֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּה | 1 | Alternate translation: “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay” | ||
| 657 | 15:2 | qj2g | הַלָּשֹׁ֖ן | 1 | smaller part of the sea that extends into the land | ||
| 658 | 15:3 | kb99 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עַקְרַבִּים֙ & צִ֔נָה & חֶצְרוֹן֙ & אַדָּ֔רָה & הַקַּרְקָֽעָה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 659 | 15:4 | nzh3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עַצְמ֗וֹנָה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 660 | 15:4 | d1b1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נַ֣חַל מִצְרַ֔יִם | 1 | a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land, near Egypt | |
| 661 | 15:5 | xrg4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | מִקְצֵ֖ה הַיַּרְדֵּֽן | 1 | The point at which the river empties into the sea is spoken of as if it were the mouth of the river. | |
| 662 | 15:5 | bl5c | וּגְב֞וּל | 1 | Alternate translation: “border … was” | ||
| 663 | 15:6 | lbt5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֣ית חָגְלָ֔ה & לְבֵ֣ית הָעֲרָבָ֑ה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 664 | 15:6 | eqi7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן | 1 | This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. | |
| 665 | 15:7 | n7k5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דְּבִרָה֮ מֵעֵ֣מֶק עָכוֹר֒ & הַגִּלְגָּ֗ל & לְמַעֲלֵ֣ה אֲדֻמִּ֔ים & מֵי־עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶ & עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 666 | 15:8 | qa4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גֵּ֣י בֶן־הִנֹּ֗ם & עֵֽמֶק־רְפָאִ֖ים | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 667 | 15:9 | hb3j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נֶפְתּ֔וֹחַ & הַר־עֶפְר֑וֹן & קִרְיַ֥ת יְעָרִֽים | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 668 | 15:10 | h92v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִבַּעֲלָ֥ה & הַ֣ר שֵׂעִ֔יר & הַר־יְעָרִ֛ים & כְסָל֑וֹן & בֵּֽית־שֶׁ֖מֶשׁ & תִּמְנָֽה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 669 | 15:11 | n6qt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | שִׁכְּר֔וֹנָה & הַר־הַֽבַּעֲלָ֖ה & יַבְנְאֵ֑ל | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 670 | 15:13 | gx9f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־קִרְיַ֥ת אַרְבַּ֛ע | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 671 | 15:13 | v154 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אַרְבַּ֛ע & הָעֲנָ֖ק | 1 | These are the names of men. | |
| 672 | 15:14 | jp1i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | אֶת־שְׁלוֹשָׁ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הָעֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְאֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְאֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָעֲנָֽק | 1 | These names represent clans of people who were descendants of Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai. The words “sons” and “descendants” in this context mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “the three clans, Sheshai, Ahiman, and Talmai, who were descendants of Anak” | |
| 673 | 15:14 | q23k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָעֲנָ֑ק אֶת־שֵׁשַׁ֤י וְאֶת־אֲחִימַן֙ וְאֶת־תַּלְמַ֔י | 1 | These are the names of men. | |
| 674 | 15:15 | n52j | וַיַּ֣עַל מִשָּׁ֔ם אֶל | 1 | Alternate translation: “He went up from there to fight against” | ||
| 675 | 15:15 | k99v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | דְּבִ֥ר & קִרְיַת־סֵֽפֶר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 676 | 15:16 | hs9c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־קִרְיַת־סֵ֖פֶר | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 677 | 15:16 | z82q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־עַכְסָ֥ה | 1 | This is a woman’s name. | |
| 678 | 15:17 | kvc1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עָתְנִיאֵ֥ל & קְנַ֖ז | 1 | These are men’s names. | |
| 679 | 15:18 | d6qf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | בְּבוֹאָ֗הּ | 1 | This is an idiom that refers to Aksah becoming Othniel’s wife. Alternate translation: “when Aksah became Othniel’s wife” | |
| 680 | 15:18 | ia6d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | וַתְּסִיתֵ֨הוּ֙ לִשְׁא֤וֹל מֵֽאֵת־אָבִ֨יהָ֙ שָׂדֶ֔ה | 1 | This can be translated as direct speech. Alternate translation: “she urged him, ‘Ask my father to give me a field.’” | |
| 681 | 15:19 | nun3 | אֵ֚ת גֻּלֹּ֣ת עִלִּיּ֔וֹת וְאֵ֖ת גֻּלֹּ֥ת תַּחְתִּיּֽוֹת | 1 | The words “upper” and “lower” likely refer to the geographical altitude of the water springs. | ||
| 682 | 15:20 | q76c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־יְהוּדָ֖ה | 1 | The land that the tribe of Judah received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” | |
| 683 | 15:46 | dfe2 | וְחַצְרֵיהֶֽן | 1 | villages | ||
| 684 | 15:47 | hsx1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם | 1 | a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt | |
| 685 | 15:63 | j68z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 686 | 16:intro | bpv3 | 0 | # Joshua 16 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Drive them out\n\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 687 | 16:1 | b1k9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | לִבְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ | 1 | The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” | |
| 688 | 16:2 | g9td | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | ל֑וּזָה & עֲטָרֽוֹת | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 689 | 16:2 | zs9f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָאַרְכִּ֖י | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 690 | 16:3 | w8gi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַיַּפְלֵטִ֗י | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 691 | 16:3 | id59 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּית־חוֹרֹ֛ן תַּחְתּ֖וֹן & גָּ֑זֶר | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 692 | 16:4 | u6fy | בְנֵי־יוֹסֵ֖ף מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה וְאֶפְרָֽיִם | 1 | Alternate translation: “the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim, the sons of Joseph” | ||
| 693 | 16:4 | r4qw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּנְחֲל֥וּ | 1 | The land that the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received this land as their inheritance” | |
| 694 | 16:5 | f2i9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | גְּב֥וּל בְּנֵֽי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The territory … that Joshua assigned to their clans” | |
| 695 | 16:5 | m6lu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר & בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן עֶלְיֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 696 | 16:6 | vg46 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַֽמִּכְמְתָת֙ & תַּאֲנַ֣ת שִׁלֹ֑ה & יָנֽוֹחָה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 697 | 16:7 | uyw7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִיָּנ֖וֹחָה עֲטָר֣וֹת וְנַעֲרָ֑תָה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 698 | 16:8 | at1t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִתַּפּ֜וּחַ & קָנָ֔ה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 699 | 16:8 | mb6i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם | 1 | The land that Ephraim possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Ephraim received as an inheritance” | |
| 700 | 16:8 | ke41 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Joshua assigned to their clans” | |
| 701 | 16:9 | y6xs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וְהֶעָרִ֗ים הַמִּבְדָּלוֹת֙ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cities that Joshua had chosen” | |
| 702 | 16:9 | f1yc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | בְּת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה | 1 | The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” | |
| 703 | 16:10 | au8e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | עַד־הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **until this day** in [4:9](../04/09.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 704 | 16:10 | fth4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיְהִ֖י לְמַס־עֹבֵֽד | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” | |
| 705 | 17:intro | m3nk | 0 | # Joshua 17 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Manasseh’s lack of faith\nEven though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 706 | 17:1 | j2sj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לְמָכִיר֩ | 1 | These are men’s names. | |
| 707 | 17:1 | zuz5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַֽיְהִי־ל֖וֹ הַגִּלְעָ֥ד וְהַבָּשָֽׁן | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” | |
| 708 | 17:2 | al47 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר & חֵ֗לֶק & אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙ & שֶׁ֔כֶם & חֵ֖פֶר & שְׁמִידָ֑ע | 1 | These are men’s names. | |
| 709 | 17:2 | us2l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַ֠יְהִי | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned land … and gave them to their clans” | |
| 710 | 17:3 | u2e9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְלִצְלָפְחָד֩ & חֵ֨פֶ | 1 | These are men’s names. | |
| 711 | 17:3 | k5z5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מַחְלָ֣ה וְנֹעָ֔ה חָגְלָ֥ה מִלְכָּ֖ה וְתִרְצָֽה | 1 | These are women’s names. | |
| 712 | 17:4 | x2q2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶלְעָזָ֨ר | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 713 | 17:4 | q55m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לָֽתֶת־לָ֥נוּ נַחֲלָ֖ה | 1 | The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “to give to us some land as an inheritance” | |
| 714 | 17:4 | s6fd | וַיִּתֵּ֨ן לָהֶ֜ם & נַֽחֲלָ֔ה | 1 | This could mean: (1) “Joshua gave those women an inheritance” or (2) “Eleazar gave those women an inheritance.” | ||
| 715 | 17:5 | d1c3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיִּפְּל֥וּ חַבְלֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֑ה | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned ten parcels of land” | |
| 716 | 17:5 | z7zr | חַבְלֵֽי & עֲשָׂרָ֑ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “Ten portions” | ||
| 717 | 17:6 | d9gb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | נָחֲל֥וּ נַחֲלָ֖ה | 1 | The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “received land as an inheritance” | |
| 718 | 17:6 | qbx1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | הַגִּלְעָ֔ד הָיְתָ֥ה לִבְנֵֽי | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead” | |
| 719 | 17:7 | jln6 | אֶל־הַיָּמִ֔ין | 1 | toward the south | ||
| 720 | 17:7 | dfe9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַֽמִּכְמְתָ֔ת & תַּפּֽוּחַ | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 721 | 17:9 | k7gp | הַגְּבוּל֩ | 1 | Alternate translation: “The border of Manasseh’s land” | ||
| 722 | 17:9 | l2af | נַ֨חַל | 1 | a very small river | ||
| 723 | 17:9 | qvi8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קָנָ֜ה | 1 | name of a brook | |
| 724 | 17:10 | mi9b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּבְאָשֵׁר֙ יִפְגְּע֣וּן מִצָּפ֔וֹן | 1 | This could mean: (1) that the border of Manasseh’s land on the north side touched the land that belonged to the tribe of Asher or (2) that one can travel north to reach Asher. Alternate translation: “Asher was on the north side” or “One can travel north to reach Asher” | |
| 725 | 17:10 | fj36 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | וּבְיִשָּׂשכָ֖ר מִמִּזְרָֽח | 1 | The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “to the east, one can reach Issachar” | |
| 726 | 17:11 | s1sn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּית־שְׁאָ֣ן & וְיִבְלְעָ֨ם & דֹ֣אר & עֵֽין־דֹּר֙ & תַעְנַךְ֙ & מְגִדּ֖וֹ & הַנָּֽפֶת | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 727 | 17:14 | b4j6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף | 1 | This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. | |
| 728 | 17:14 | sk37 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | מַדּוּעַ֩ נָתַ֨תָּה לִּ֜י נַחֲלָ֗ה גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְחֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד וַֽאֲנִ֣י עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־עַד־כֹּ֖ה בֵּֽרְכַ֥נִי יְהוָֽה | 1 | The people of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh ask this question to emphasize that Joshua should have assigned to them more land. Alternate translation: “You should have given us more than one … Yahweh has blessed us.” | |
| 729 | 17:14 | ju22 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | גּוֹרָ֤ל אֶחָד֙ וְחֶ֣בֶל אֶחָ֔ד | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. In the second, the land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the people received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “one assignment of land as our inheritance” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 730 | 17:14 | dg92 | וְחֶ֣בֶל | 1 | part | ||
| 731 | 17:14 | p7z5 | עַם־רָ֔ב עַ֥ד | 1 | Alternate translation: “many people” | ||
| 732 | 17:15 | d24l | אִם־עַם־רַ֤ב אַתָּה֙ | 1 | Alternate translation: “Since you are a people great in number” | ||
| 733 | 17:15 | psc4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהָֽרְפָאִ֑ים | 1 | This is the name of a people group. | |
| 734 | 17:16 | g788 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּבֵית־שְׁאָן֙ & יִזְרְעֶֽאל | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 735 | 17:17 | wa3y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף | 1 | Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” | |
| 736 | 17:18 | w4m4 | וּבֵ֣רֵאת֔וֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees” | ||
| 737 | 18:intro | j38i | 0 | # Joshua 18 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 738 | 18:1 | fkg2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events | וְהָאָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִפְנֵיהֶֽם | 1 | They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” | |
| 739 | 18:2 | ynk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑ם | 1 | The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 740 | 18:3 | bia9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָבוֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָכֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵיכֶֽם | 1 | Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off … has given you.” | |
| 741 | 18:4 | p7hg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְיִֽתְהַלְּכ֥וּ בָאָ֛רֶץ | 1 | The words “up and down” mean in every direction. Alternate translation: “the land in every direction” or “throughout the land” | |
| 742 | 18:4 | zry7 | וְיִכְתְּב֥וּ אוֹתָ֛הּ לְפִ֥י נַֽחֲלָתָ֖ם | 1 | This means that they will describe the portions of land that each tribe would like to receive for an inheritance. | ||
| 743 | 18:4 | lh9w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | נַֽחֲלָתָ֖ם | 1 | The land that they are to survey is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that each of the tribes would receive as a permanent possession. | |
| 744 | 18:5 | e13l | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJoshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel. | |||
| 745 | 18:5 | dmy4 | וְהִֽתְחַלְּק֥וּ אֹתָ֖הּ | 1 | Alternate translation: “They will divide the land” | ||
| 746 | 18:5 | y5gn | יְהוּדָ֞ה יַעֲמֹ֤ד | 1 | Alternate translation: “The tribe of Judah will remain” | ||
| 747 | 18:5 | d41l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וּבֵ֥ית יוֹסֵ֛ף | 1 | Here the word “house” represents the descendants of Joseph. The phrase refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 748 | 18:7 | v3qr | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJoshua is continuing his speech to the children of Israel. | |||
| 749 | 18:7 | e6s8 | אֵֽין־חֵ֤לֶק | 1 | Alternate translation: “no portion of land” | ||
| 750 | 18:7 | kus7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | כִּֽי־כְהֻנַּ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה נַחֲלָת֑וֹ | 1 | Joshua speaks of the great honor that the Levites have by serving Yahweh as priests as if it were something that they inherited. Alternate translation: “for the priesthood of Yahweh is what they have” | |
| 751 | 18:7 | eqg6 | וַחֲצִי֩ שֵׁ֨בֶט הַֽמְנַשֶּׁ֜ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “half of the tribe of Manasseh” | ||
| 752 | 18:7 | cyc8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לָקְח֣וּ נַחֲלָתָ֗ם | 1 | The land that the tribes received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “have received land as their inheritance” | |
| 753 | 18:8 | t1cr | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJoshua speaks to the twenty-one men who were to go look at the land. | |||
| 754 | 18:8 | p238 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְהִתְהַלְּכ֨וּ בָאָ֜רֶץ | 1 | The words “up and down” mean in every direction. See how you translated this in [Joshua 18:4](../18/04.md). Alternate translation: “in every direction in the land” or “throughout the land” | |
| 755 | 18:10 | pz3n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | כְּמַחְלְקֹתָֽם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to each tribe Joshua gave their portion in the land” | |
| 756 | 18:11 | hd7v | בֵּ֚ין בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה וּבֵ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף | 1 | Alternate translation: “between the land that belonged to the descendants of Judah and the land that belonged to the descendants of Joseph” | ||
| 757 | 18:11 | ib4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵֽף | 1 | This refers to the tribes of Ephraim and Manasseh. | |
| 758 | 18:12 | ij99 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֥ית אָֽוֶן | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 759 | 18:13 | hx15 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | ל֨וּזָה֙ & בֵּֽית־אֵ֑ל & עַטְר֣וֹת אַדָּ֔ר & לְבֵית־חֹר֖וֹן | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 760 | 18:14 | h4e6 | הַגְּבוּל֩ | 1 | This refers to the same thing as “the border” in verse 13. | ||
| 761 | 18:14 | eq7x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קִרְיַת־בַּ֨עַל֙ & קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֔ים | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 762 | 18:15 | ulq2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קִרְיַ֣ת יְעָרִ֑ים & נֶפְתּֽוֹחַ | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 763 | 18:16 | br6t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֶן־הִנֹּ֔ם & רְפָאִ֖ים & הִנֹּ֜ם & עֵ֥ין רֹגֵֽל | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 764 | 18:17 | d8dt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עֵ֣ין שֶׁ֔מֶשׁ & גְּלִיל֔וֹת & אֲדֻמִּ֑ים | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 765 | 18:17 | z2mh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶ֥בֶן בֹּ֖הַן | 1 | This was likely a large stone that someone set up as a landmark and named after the man, Bohan. See how you translated this in [Joshua 15:6](../15/06.md). | |
| 766 | 18:18 | g6td | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | כֶּ֥תֶף מוּל־הָֽעֲרָבָ֖ה | 1 | Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the slope of Beth Arabah” | |
| 767 | 18:18 | b98y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מוּל־הָֽעֲרָבָ֖ה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 768 | 18:19 | k48g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | כֶּ֣תֶף בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ צָפוֹנָה֒ | 1 | Land that is in the form of a slope or ridge is spoken of as if it were a shoulder. Alternate translation: “the north slope of Beth Hoglah” | |
| 769 | 18:19 | xy3i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּית־חָגְלָה֮ | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 770 | 18:20 | ywb2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֡את נַחֲלַת֩ בְּנֵ֨י בִנְיָמִ֧ן | 1 | The land that the tribe of Benjamin received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” | |
| 771 | 18:20 | pe6e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave it to each of their clans” | |
| 772 | 18:21 | i6af | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. | ||
| 773 | 18:24 | jsu9 | וְחַצְרֵיהֶֽן | 1 | Alternate translation: “the villages around them” | ||
| 774 | 18:28 | t3aa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” | |
| 775 | 19:intro | j62l | 0 | # Joshua 19 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 776 | 19:1 | s149 | וַיֵּצֵ֞א הַגּוֹרָ֤ל הַשֵּׁנִי֙ לְשִׁמְע֔וֹן | 1 | Alternate translation: “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon” | ||
| 777 | 19:1 | gl7x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הַשֵּׁנִי֙ | 1 | number two in a list | |
| 778 | 19:1 | z9r9 | לְמִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans” | ||
| 779 | 19:1 | u57y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַֽיְהִי֙ נַֽחֲלָתָ֔ם בְּת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָֽה | 1 | The land is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that the tribes received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The land that they received as an inheritance was in the middle of the land that the tribe of Judah received as an inheritance” | |
| 780 | 19:2 | kg51 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe writer lists cities that were in the land that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance. | ||
| 781 | 19:2 | eu6h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיְהִ֥י לָהֶ֖ם בְּנַֽחֲלָתָ֑ם | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “They had the following cities for their inheritance” | |
| 782 | 19:5 | f4vb | וְצִֽקְלַ֥ג | 1 | See how you translated the name of this city in [Joshua 15:31](../15/31.md). | ||
| 783 | 19:8 | uc1c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־שִׁמְע֖וֹן | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Simeon received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Simeon received as an inheritance” | |
| 784 | 19:8 | q586 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Joshua gave to their clans” | |
| 785 | 19:9 | lep5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | מֵחֶ֨בֶל֙ בְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the portion of land which Joshua assigned to the tribe of Judah” | |
| 786 | 19:9 | p2ji | בְּת֥וֹךְ נַחֲלָתָֽם | 1 | Alternate translation: “the middle of Judah’s portion of land” | ||
| 787 | 19:10 | f5gu | וַיַּ֨עַל֙ הַגּוֹרָ֣ל הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֔י | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 788 | 19:10 | s2j1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֔י | 1 | number three in a list | |
| 789 | 19:10 | vde5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | שָׂרִֽיד | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 790 | 19:11 | v9gp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּמַרְעֲלָ֖ה & בְּדַבָּ֑שֶׁת & יָקְנְעָֽם | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 791 | 19:11 | gx7v | עַל־פְּנֵ֥י יָקְנְעָֽם | 1 | Alternate translation: “across from Jokneam” | ||
| 792 | 19:12 | n9dc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִשָּׂרִ֗יד & כִּסְלֹ֖ת תָּבֹ֑ר & הַדָּֽבְרַ֖ת & יָפִֽיעַ | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 793 | 19:13 | dqd5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גִּתָּ֥ה חֵ֖פֶר עִתָּ֣ה קָצִ֑ין & רִמּ֥וֹן & הַנֵּעָֽה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 794 | 19:14 | ja4s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חַנָּתֹ֑ן & יִפְתַּח־אֵֽל | 1 | These are names of places. | |
| 795 | 19:15 | xk4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְקַטָּ֤ת וְנַֽהֲלָל֙ וְשִׁמְר֔וֹן וְיִדְאֲלָ֖ה וּבֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם | 1 | These are names of places. | |
| 796 | 19:15 | yn5n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּבֵ֣ית לָ֑חֶם | 1 | This is not the same “Bethlehem” that is south of Jerusalem in Judah. | |
| 797 | 19:16 | a4ee | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֛את נַחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־זְבוּלֻ֖ן | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Zebulun received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Zebulun received as an inheritance” | |
| 798 | 19:17 | fum5 | יָצָ֖א הַגּוֹרָ֣ל הָֽרְבִיעִ֑י | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 799 | 19:17 | l33x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הָֽרְבִיעִ֑י | 1 | number four in a list | |
| 800 | 19:18 | qmg4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהַכְּסוּלֹ֖ת וְשׁוּנֵֽם | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 801 | 19:19 | c3ti | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וַחֲפָרַ֥יִם וְשִׁיאֹ֖ן וַאֲנָחֲרַֽת | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 802 | 19:20 | mft4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְהָֽרַבִּ֥ית וְקִשְׁי֖וֹן וָאָֽבֶץ | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 803 | 19:21 | b1ex | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְרֶ֧מֶת וְעֵין־גַּנִּ֛ים וְעֵ֥ין חַדָּ֖ה וּבֵ֥ית פַּצֵּֽץ | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 804 | 19:22 | hs7i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּתָב֤וֹר | 1 | This is the name of a mountain. | |
| 805 | 19:22 | ht1e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | ושחצומה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 806 | 19:23 | yll2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Issachar received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Issachar received as an inheritance” | |
| 807 | 19:24 | lhr4 | וַיֵּצֵא֙ הַגּוֹרָ֣ל הַֽחֲמִישִׁ֔י | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 808 | 19:24 | xa5a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הַֽחֲמִישִׁ֔י | 1 | number five in a list | |
| 809 | 19:25 | prg9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֶלְקַ֥ת וַחֲלִ֖י וָבֶ֥טֶן וְאַכְשָֽׁף | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 810 | 19:26 | v6t4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְאַֽלַמֶּ֥לֶךְ וְעַמְעָ֖ד וּמִשְׁאָ֑ל & וּבְשִׁיח֖וֹר לִבְנָֽת | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 811 | 19:27 | pbh2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בֵּ֣ית דָּגֹן֒ & וּבְגֵ֨י יִפְתַּח־אֵ֥ל & בֵּ֥ית הָעֵ֖מֶק וּנְעִיאֵ֑ל & כָּב֖וּל | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 812 | 19:28 | ht1l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְעֶבְרֹ֥ן וּרְחֹ֖ב וְחַמּ֣וֹן וְקָנָ֑ה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 813 | 19:29 | q8wz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֹסָ֔ה & אַכְזִֽיבָה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 814 | 19:30 | y1g5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְעֻמָ֥ה וַאֲפֵ֖ק וּרְחֹ֑ב | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 815 | 19:31 | x4aq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־אָשֵׁ֖ר | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Asher received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Asher received as an inheritance” | |
| 816 | 19:32 | jy7g | יָצָ֖א הַגּוֹרָ֣ל הַשִּׁשִּׁ֑י | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 817 | 19:32 | jjm6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הַשִּׁשִּׁ֑י | 1 | number six in a list | |
| 818 | 19:33 | syr4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מֵחֵ֨לֶף & בְּצַעֲנַנִּ֗ים וַאֲדָמִ֥י הַנֶּ֛קֶב וְיַבְנְאֵ֖ל & לַקּ֑וּם | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 819 | 19:34 | lu5s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אַזְנ֣וֹת תָּב֔וֹר & חוּקֹ֑קָה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 820 | 19:35 | h8p6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַצִּדִּ֣ים צֵ֔ר וְחַמַּ֖ת רַקַּ֥ת וְכִנָּֽרֶת | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 821 | 19:35 | lq51 | וְחַמַּ֖ת | 1 | This is not the same location as “Hamath,” but is located on the west shore of the Sea of Galilee. | ||
| 822 | 19:36 | e379 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וַאֲדָמָ֥ה וְהָרָמָ֖ה וְחָצֽוֹר | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 823 | 19:37 | vez5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְקֶ֥דֶשׁ וְאֶדְרֶ֖עִי וְעֵ֥ין חָצֽוֹר | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 824 | 19:38 | jp9v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְיִרְאוֹן֙ וּמִגְדַּל־אֵ֔ל חֳרֵ֥ם וּבֵית־עֲנָ֖ת וּבֵ֣ית שָׁ֑מֶשׁ | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 825 | 19:39 | s9en | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־נַפְתָּלִ֖י | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Naphtali received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Naphtali received as an inheritance” | |
| 826 | 19:40 | q3a2 | יָצָ֖א הַגּוֹרָ֥ל הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 827 | 19:40 | b1tt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי | 1 | number seven in a list | |
| 828 | 19:41 | d7it | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | גְּב֣וּל נַחֲלָתָ֑ם | 1 | The land that the tribe of Dan received is spoken of as if it was an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “The territory of land that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” | |
| 829 | 19:41 | b8bg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | צָרְעָ֥ה וְאֶשְׁתָּא֖וֹל וְעִ֥יר שָֽׁמֶשׁ | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 830 | 19:42 | q637 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְשַֽׁעֲלַבִּ֥ין וְאַיָּל֖וֹן וְיִתְלָֽה | 1 | These are the names of places. | |
| 831 | 19:43 | sht1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְאֵיל֥וֹן וְתִמְנָ֖תָה וְעֶקְרֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 832 | 19:44 | gca7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְאֶלְתְּקֵ֥ה וְגִבְּת֖וֹן וּבַעֲלָֽת | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 833 | 19:45 | yan4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וִיהֻ֥ד וּבְנֵֽי־בְרַ֖ק וְגַת־רִמּֽוֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 834 | 19:46 | ddh6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּמֵ֥י הַיַּרְק֖וֹן וְהָֽרַקּ֑וֹן | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 835 | 19:46 | w42c | מ֥וּל יָפֽוֹ | 1 | Alternate translation: “opposite Joppa” or “beside Joppa” | ||
| 836 | 19:47 | i8zh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לֶ֜שֶׁם | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 837 | 19:48 | cx9h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־דָ֖ן | 1 | The land and cities that the tribe of Dan received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Dan received as an inheritance” | |
| 838 | 19:49 | jzi6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִיהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּתוֹכָֽם | 1 | The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” | |
| 839 | 19:50 | ac8r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 840 | 19:51 | cs47 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אֵ֣לֶּה הַנְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ | 1 | The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities … assigned as inheritances” | |
| 841 | 20:intro | vg5f | 0 | # Joshua 20 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Cities of Refuge\n\nIf a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) | |||
| 842 | 20:2 | qhs6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה | 1 | Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” | |
| 843 | 20:3 | a1vg | מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּשְׁגָגָ֖ה | 1 | This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so. | ||
| 844 | 20:3 | h73b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | מִגֹּאֵ֖ל הַדָּֽם | 1 | Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 845 | 20:4 | u2dh | וְנָ֞ס | 1 | Here the word “he” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone. | ||
| 846 | 20:4 | p1sg | וְדִבֶּ֛ר בְּאָזְנֵ֛י זִקְנֵ֥י־הָעִֽיר הַהִ֖יא אֶת־דְּבָרָ֑יו | 1 | “convince the elders of that city that he had not intentionally killed the person.” | ||
| 847 | 20:4 | dhh4 | וְאָסְפ֨וּ אֹת֤וֹ | 1 | The word “they” refers to the elders and “him” refers to the person who unintentionally killed someone. | ||
| 848 | 20:4 | k969 | וְיָשַׁ֥ב עִמָּֽם | 1 | This refers to the city as a whole, not to the elders only. | ||
| 849 | 20:5 | x945 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | גֹּאֵ֤ל הַדָּם֙ | 1 | Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 850 | 20:5 | u27s | בִבְלִי־דַ֨עַת֙ הִכָּ֣ה אֶת־רֵעֵ֔הוּ | 1 | accidentally killed his neighbor | ||
| 851 | 20:6 | c6fe | עָמְד֞וֹ לִפְנֵ֤י הָֽעֵדָה֙ | 1 | This is a phrase that describes standing to seek justice from a court of the assembly of his fellow citizens. | ||
| 852 | 20:7 | lyr5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThere are a lot of names in this section. | ||
| 853 | 20:8 | cy8e | לְיַרְדֵּ֤ן | 1 | This is a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 854 | 20:9 | b89x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וְלֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּיַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַדָּ֔ם | 1 | Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” | |
| 855 | 20:9 | j61z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | גֹּאֵ֣ל הַדָּ֔ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 856 | 21:intro | pp5c | 0 | # Joshua 21 General Notes\n\n## Translation Issues in This Chapter\n\nThis chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 857 | 21:1 | js4y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶלְעָזָר֙ & נ֑וּן | 1 | These are names of men. | |
| 858 | 21:2 | wk1t | וַיְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵיהֶ֜ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “The Levites said to them” | ||
| 859 | 21:2 | wk1m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה | 1 | The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” | |
| 860 | 21:3 | f9ei | אֶת־הֶעָרִ֥ים | 1 | This refers to the cities to be listed in the next verses. | ||
| 861 | 21:4 | r4ry | וַיֵּצֵ֥א הַגּוֹרָ֖ל | 1 | A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 862 | 21:4 | fl2y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הַקְּהָתִ֑י | 1 | This priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. | |
| 863 | 21:5 | iwh3 | וּמֵחֲצִ֨י | 1 | Half the tribe because the other half received their inheritance before crossing the Jordan River. | ||
| 864 | 21:6 | bk5g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גֵרְשׁ֗וֹן | 1 | Gershon was one of the sons of Levi. | |
| 865 | 21:6 | ezu2 | בַּגּוֹרָ֔ל | 1 | A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 866 | 21:7 | cg61 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מְרָרִ֜י | 1 | Merari was one of the sons of Levi. | |
| 867 | 21:8 | qe5y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֖ה | 1 | The phrase “by the hand of” here means that Yahweh used Moses as the agent to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had told Moses to command” | |
| 868 | 21:10 | t6l2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מִמִּשְׁפְּח֥וֹת הַקְּהָתִ֖י | 1 | The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. See how you translated this in [Joshua 21:2](../21/02.md). | |
| 869 | 21:10 | tnp1 | הַגּוֹרָ֖ל | 1 | A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 870 | 21:11 | vkd2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | אַרְבַּ֨ע אֲבִ֧י הָֽעֲנ֛וֹק | 1 | This is background information about the name of the man who founded the city of Kiriath Arba. | |
| 871 | 21:11 | mn2g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | הָֽעֲנ֛וֹק | 1 | This is the name of a man. | |
| 872 | 21:11 | vd7d | בְּהַ֣ר | 1 | An area of land with natural elevations, smaller than mountains. | ||
| 873 | 21:11 | kwe7 | מִגְרָשֶׁ֖הָ | 1 | An area covered with grass or plants suitable for the grazing of livestock or cattle. | ||
| 874 | 21:12 | aj9s | שְׂדֵ֥ה הָעִ֖יר | 1 | Areas of open land, usually, planted with crops, belonging to and surrounding the city. | ||
| 875 | 21:12 | uz84 | חֲצֵרֶ֑יהָ | 1 | Small communities, usually smaller than a town. | ||
| 876 | 21:13 | p1nr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לִבְנָ֖ה | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 877 | 21:14 | q8gl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | יַתִּר֙ & אֶשְׁתְּמֹ֖עַ | 1 | These are all names of cities. | |
| 878 | 21:15 | cb4t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חֹלֹן֙ & דְּבִ֖ר | 1 | These are all names of cities. | |
| 879 | 21:16 | bx8i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עַ֣יִן & יֻטָּה֙ | 1 | These are all names of cities. | |
| 880 | 21:17 | e8r4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֔ן | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Benjamin gave Gibeon” | |
| 881 | 21:17 | fd6z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־גֶּ֖בַע | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 882 | 21:18 | sk7n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־עֲנָתוֹת֙ & עַלְמ֖וֹן | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 883 | 21:19 | ha9f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עָרִ֖ים | 1 | “13 cities” | |
| 884 | 21:20 | lfp9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וּלְמִשְׁפְּח֤וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָת֙ | 1 | The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. | |
| 885 | 21:20 | x8eu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַֽיְהִי֙ עָרֵ֣י גֽוֹרָלָ֔ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they received cities” | |
| 886 | 21:20 | tg75 | גֽוֹרָלָ֔ם | 1 | A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 887 | 21:21 | kz7k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גֶּ֖זֶר | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 888 | 21:22 | tv2m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | קִבְצַ֨יִם֙ & בֵּ֥ית חוֹרֹ֖ן | 1 | names of cities | |
| 889 | 21:22 | r4hl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע | 1 | This refers to the list by the total number. | |
| 890 | 21:23 | dw9x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּמִמַּ֨טֵּה־דָ֔ן | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The tribe of Dan gave to the clan of Kohath Eltekeh” | |
| 891 | 21:23 | r7qr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶֽת־אֶלְתְּקֵ֖א & גִּבְּת֖וֹן | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 892 | 21:24 | g45w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־אַיָּלוֹן֙ & אֶת־גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 893 | 21:24 | g4ma | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע | 1 | This refers to the number of cities. | |
| 894 | 21:25 | e6cl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּמִֽמַּחֲצִית֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The half tribe of Manasseh gave to the clan of Kohath Taanach” | |
| 895 | 21:25 | yn8h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־תַּעְנַךְ֙ & גַּת־רִמּ֖וֹן | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 896 | 21:26 | hn9j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לְמִשְׁפְּח֥וֹת בְּנֵֽי־קְהָ֖ת | 1 | The priests in this group were descendants of Levi’s son Kohath. A portion of them were also descendants of Aaron, Kohath’s grandson. | |
| 897 | 21:27 | knk6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־גּוֹלָ֤ן & אֶֽת־בְּעֶשְׁתְּרָ֖ה | 1 | names of cities | |
| 898 | 21:27 | bmc9 | הָרֹצֵ֔חַ | 1 | This refers to a death resulting from an action not intended to harm a person. | ||
| 899 | 21:27 | a1zs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֖ים שְׁתָּֽיִם | 1 | number of cities | |
| 900 | 21:28 | r9hc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־קִשְׁי֖וֹן & אֶת־דָּֽבְרַ֖ת | 1 | names of cities | |
| 901 | 21:29 | u8z9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־יַרְמוּת֙ & עֵ֥ין גַּנִּ֖ים | 1 | names of cities | |
| 902 | 21:30 | rbf6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּמִמַּטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They received from the tribe of Asher Mishal” | |
| 903 | 21:30 | px1s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־מִשְׁאָ֖ל & אֶת־עַבְדּ֖וֹ | 1 | names of cities | |
| 904 | 21:31 | ziw8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־חֶלְקָת֙ & רְחֹ֖ב | 1 | names of cities | |
| 905 | 21:32 | h2j8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | חַמֹּ֥ת דֹּאר֙ & קַרְתָּ֖ן | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 906 | 21:33 | c7dt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | שְׁלֹשׁ־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה עִ֖יר | 1 | “13 cities in total” | |
| 907 | 21:34 | yuv3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וּלְמִשְׁפְּח֣וֹת בְּנֵֽי־מְרָרִי֮ הַלְוִיִּ֣ם הַנּוֹתָרִים֒ מֵאֵת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: The rest of the Levites—the clans of Merari—received from the tribe of Zebulun Jokneam” | |
| 908 | 21:34 | ws8g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | מְרָרִי֮ | 1 | This is a man’s name. | |
| 909 | 21:34 | ng32 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶֽת־יָקְנְעָ֖ם & אֶת־קַרְתָּ֖ה | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 910 | 21:35 | ek4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־דִּמְנָה֙ & אֶֽת־נַהֲלָ֖ל | 1 | names of cities | |
| 911 | 21:36 | dh5c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־בֶּ֖צֶר & וְאֶת־יַ֖הְצָה | 1 | names of cities | |
| 912 | 21:37 | jbp6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֖ים אַרְבַּֽע | 1 | This refers to the total number of cities. | |
| 913 | 21:37 | e538 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־קְדֵמוֹת֙ & מֵיפָ֖עַת | 1 | names of cities | |
| 914 | 21:38 | r7m5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־רָמֹ֥ת & מַחֲנַ֖יִם | 1 | These are the names of cities. | |
| 915 | 21:39 | a2l1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶת־חֶשְׁבּוֹן֙ & אֶת־יַעְזֵ֖ר | 1 | These are names of cities. | |
| 916 | 21:40 | x17x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה | 1 | “12 cities in total” | |
| 917 | 21:40 | q83e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | וַיְהִי֙ גּוֹרָלָ֔ם עָרִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they received these twelve cities by the casting of lots” | |
| 918 | 21:40 | at28 | גּוֹרָלָ֔ם | 1 | A random method of choosing to remove the choice from the leader’s will, often done with the idea that God will decide the outcome. See how you translated this in [Joshua 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 919 | 21:41 | g7z1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | כֹּ֚ל עָרֵ֣י הַלְוִיִּ֔ם בְּת֖וֹךְ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Levites received their cities from the middle of the land” | |
| 920 | 21:41 | z9gj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | עָרִ֛ים אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנֶ֖ה | 1 | “48 cities” | |
| 921 | 21:43 | q5na | נִשְׁבַּ֖ע | 1 | Alternate translation: “he gave an oath” | ||
| 922 | 21:44 | t1a4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | וְלֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּפְנֵיהֶם֙ מִכָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם | 1 | This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” | |
| 923 | 21:44 | lg6d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵיהֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּיָדָֽם | 1 | Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” | |
| 924 | 21:45 | u1ik | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִכֹּל֙ הַדָּבָ֣ר הַטּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” | |
| 925 | 22:intro | l4hr | 0 | # Joshua 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThe division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument\n\nThe tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land. | |||
| 926 | 22:1 | ic3e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | לָרֽאוּבֵנִ֖י | 1 | people of the tribe of Reuben | |
| 927 | 22:1 | w3xd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְלַגָּדִ֑י | 1 | people of the tribe of Gad | |
| 928 | 22:2 | x8l8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַתִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְקוֹלִ֔י | 1 | Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” | |
| 929 | 22:3 | a89l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | לֹֽא־עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־אֲחֵיכֶ֗ם | 1 | This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “You have remained with your brothers” | |
| 930 | 22:5 | zh9u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְלָלֶ֧כֶת בְּכָל־דְּרָכָ֛יו | 1 | A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if he were walking on Yahweh’s ways or roads. Alternate translation: “to obey everything he says” | |
| 931 | 22:5 | r5dh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | בְּכָל־לְבַבְכֶ֖ם וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁכֶֽם | 1 | The terms “heart” and “soul” are here used together to refer to the entire person. Alternate translation: “with all you think and feel” or “with your entire being” | |
| 932 | 22:7 | k89d | הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן | 1 | This was a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 933 | 22:8 | w4re | וּבְבַרְזֶ֛ל | 1 | a strong, hard, magnetic metal | ||
| 934 | 22:8 | k79c | שְׁלַל | 1 | The winning army would take everything of value from the people they conquered. | ||
| 935 | 22:9 | cmc4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה | 1 | The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “the commandment that Yahweh told Moses to give to you” | |
| 936 | 22:10 | iy3p | הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן | 1 | This was a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 937 | 22:11 | irmj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּ֣ה | 1 | See how you translated the word **Behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 938 | 22:11 | ww1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | אֶל־מוּל֙ אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן | 1 | The Israelite tribes who lived across the Jordan River would enter Canaan at the place where they built the altar. This place is spoken of as if it was the “front” or “entrance” to Canaan where the other tribes lived. Alternate translation: “at the entrance to the land of Canaan” | |
| 939 | 22:11 | yqa5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | גְּלִילוֹת֙ | 1 | This is the name of a city. | |
| 940 | 22:12 | v3q5 | לַצָּבָֽא | 1 | a state of armed conflict between two nations or people groups | ||
| 941 | 22:13 | t232 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | אֶלְעָזָ֥ר | 1 | name of man | |
| 942 | 22:16 | sy2y | כֹּ֣ה אָמְר֞וּ כֹּ֣ל׀ עֲדַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה | 1 | All the people of Israel are spoken of together in the singular as if they were one person. Alternate translation: “All the other Israelites are asking” | ||
| 943 | 22:17 | lcv2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | הַמְעַט־לָ֨נוּ֙ אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן פְּע֔וֹר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | This question emphasizes how serious their previous sin was. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “We had already sinned terribly at Peor!” | |
| 944 | 22:17 | b18v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | פְּע֔וֹר | 1 | This is name of a place. Translate the same way as in [Joshua 13:20](../13/20.md). | |
| 945 | 22:17 | ie2t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־הִטַּהַ֨רְנוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ | 1 | This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “we are still dealing with the guilt of that sin” | |
| 946 | 22:20 | kyw7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | עָכָ֣ן & זֶ֗רַח | 1 | names of men | |
| 947 | 22:20 | v3qy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | הֲל֣וֹא׀ עָכָ֣ן בֶּן־זֶ֗רַח מָ֤עַל מַ֨עַל֙ בַּחֵ֔רֶם | 1 | These questions are used to remind the people of the punishment for past sins. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: “Achan son of Zerah sinned by taking things that had been reserved for God. And because of that God punished all the people of Israel!” | |
| 948 | 22:22 | x5pm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | אִם־בְּמֶ֤רֶד וְאִם־בְּמַ֨עַל֙ בַּֽיהוָ֔ה אַל־תּוֹשִׁיעֵ֖נוּ הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar in rebellion or breach of faith. | |
| 949 | 22:23 | sku4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | לִבְנ֥וֹת לָ֨נוּ֙ מִזְבֵּ֔חַ לָשׁ֖וּב מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְאִם־לְהַעֲל֨וֹת עָלָ֜יו עוֹלָ֣ה וּמִנְחָ֗ה וְאִם־לַעֲשׂ֤וֹת עָלָיו֙ זִבְחֵ֣י שְׁלָמִ֔ים יְהוָ֖ה ה֥וּא יְבַקֵּֽשׁ | 1 | The three tribes are making a hypothetical statement that they insist is not true. They did not build the altar to worship another god. | |
| 950 | 22:24 | cei9 | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer. | |||
| 951 | 22:24 | xpn5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵיכֶ֤ם לְבָנֵ֨ינוּ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר מַה־לָּכֶ֕ם וְלַֽיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | This is a hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. | |
| 952 | 22:24 | qr6z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | מַה־לָּכֶ֕ם וְלַֽיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל | 1 | The three tribes use this rhetorical question to emphasize the situation they are trying to avoid. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have nothing to do with Yahweh, the God of Israel!” | |
| 953 | 22:25 | qfc4 | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh continue their answer. | |||
| 954 | 22:25 | w2sv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | וּגְב֣וּל נָֽתַן־יְ֠הוָה בֵּינֵ֨נוּ וּבֵינֵיכֶ֜ם בְּנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֤ן וּבְנֵי־גָד֙ אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֵין־לָכֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּֽיהוָ֑ה | 1 | This is the continuation of the hypothetical accusation that the three tribes think the children of the other tribes may make sometime in the future. | |
| 955 | 22:25 | w3az | אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן | 1 | This is a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 956 | 22:25 | iy97 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | וְהִשְׁבִּ֤יתוּ בְנֵיכֶם֙ אֶת־בָּנֵ֔ינוּ לְבִלְתִּ֖י יְרֹ֥א אֶת־יְהוָֽה | 1 | The three tribes built the altar to avoid this hypothetical situation from happening in the future. | |
| 957 | 22:26 | ueg6 | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now give their answer. | |||
| 958 | 22:27 | m97u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | עֵ֨ד ה֜וּא בֵּינֵ֣ינוּ וּבֵינֵיכֶ֗ם | 1 | The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify to the rights of the three tribes. | |
| 959 | 22:27 | gs6k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | וְלֹא־יֹאמְר֨וּ בְנֵיכֶ֤ם מָחָר֙ לְבָנֵ֔ינוּ אֵין־לָכֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק בַּיהוָֽה | 1 | This is the hypothetical situation that the three tribes did not want to happen. | |
| 960 | 22:27 | n3i9 | אֵין־לָכֶ֥ם חֵ֖לֶק | 1 | Alternate translation: “no portion” or “no inheritance” | ||
| 961 | 22:28 | bf3h | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh now finish their answer. | |||
| 962 | 22:28 | kuu5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo | וְהָיָ֗ה כִּֽי־יֹאמְר֥וּ אֵלֵ֛ינוּ וְאֶל־דֹּרֹתֵ֖ינוּ מָחָ֑ר וְאָמַ֡רְנוּ רְא֣וּ אֶת־תַּבְנִית֩ מִזְבַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁר־עָשׂ֣וּ אֲבוֹתֵ֗ינוּ לֹ֤א לְעוֹלָה֙ וְלֹ֣א לְזֶ֔בַח כִּי־עֵ֣ד ה֔וּא בֵּינֵ֖ינוּ וּבֵינֵיכֶֽם | 1 | The three tribes are describing their potential answer to an accusation that might or might not be made at a future time. | |
| 963 | 22:29 | b4w1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | חָלִילָה֩ לָּ֨נוּ מִמֶּ֜נּוּ לִמְרֹ֣ד | 1 | The unlikely chance that they would rebel is spoken of as if it is something that is a great distance away from them. Alternate translation: “We would certainly not rebel” | |
| 964 | 22:29 | i8y4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְלָשׁ֤וּב הַיּוֹם֙ מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה | 1 | To stop following Yahweh is spoken of as if they were turning away from him. Alternate translation: “stop following him” | |
| 965 | 22:30 | ysf8 | וַיִּשְׁמַ֞ע & אֶת־הַ֨דְּבָרִ֔ים | 1 | Alternate translation: “heard the message” | ||
| 966 | 22:30 | i3xp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּיטַ֖ב בְּעֵינֵיהֶֽם | 1 | Here “in their eyes” means “in their opinion.” | |
| 967 | 22:31 | ab6h | לֹֽא־מְעַלְתֶּ֥ם בַּֽיהוָ֖ה הַמַּ֣עַל הַזֶּ֑ה | 1 | Alternate translation: “broken your promise to him” | ||
| 968 | 22:31 | w1fn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִיַּ֥ד יְהוָֽה | 1 | Here “the hand of Yahweh” refers to his punishment. Protecting the people is spoken of as rescuing them from his hand. Alternate translation: “you have kept Yahweh from punishing us” | |
| 969 | 22:33 | pn48 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | וַיִּיטַ֣ב הַדָּבָ֗ר בְּעֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל | 1 | Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” | |
| 970 | 22:33 | h5hk | לְשַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ | 1 | Alternate translation: “destroy everything in the land” | ||
| 971 | 22:34 | xf56 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔ינוּ | 1 | The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. | |
| 972 | 23:intro | v3r6 | 0 | # Joshua 23 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23–24)\n\n“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out\n\nThe Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) | |||
| 973 | 23:2 | vyz9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּיָּמִֽים | 1 | This doublet can be translated as “very old.” | |
| 974 | 23:4 | t22f | הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן | 1 | This is a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 975 | 23:4 | bf99 | מְב֥וֹא הַשָּֽׁמֶשׁ | 1 | This indicates the direction of the setting sun. | ||
| 976 | 23:6 | w84i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | לְבִלְתִּ֥י סוּר־מִמֶּ֖נּוּ יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹֽאול | 1 | Disobeying the commands of the law of Moses is spoken of as turning to the right or to the left away from a path. | |
| 977 | 23:7 | mc72 | לְבִלְתִּי־בוֹא֙ בַּגּוֹיִ֣ם הָאֵ֔לֶּה | 1 | This could mean: (1) having close friendship with them or (2) intermarrying with them. | ||
| 978 | 23:7 | vkw6 | תַזְכִּ֨ירוּ֙ | 1 | to speak of | ||
| 979 | 23:7 | wbj7 | אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֤ם | 1 | This refers to the gods of the remaining nations. | ||
| 980 | 23:8 | k6my | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | בַּיהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם תִּדְבָּ֑קוּ | 1 | “hold tightly to Yahweh.” Believing in Yahweh is spoken of as if they were holding tightly onto him. Alternate translation: “continue to believe in Yahweh” | |
| 981 | 23:8 | q6qx | עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה | 1 | Alternate translation: “until the present time” | ||
| 982 | 23:9 | wf3v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | לֹא־עָ֤מַד אִישׁ֙ בִּפְנֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | Here “stand” represents holding ground in a battle. The word “you” refers to the entire nation of Israel. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 983 | 23:10 | iar1 | אֶחָ֥ד | 1 | only one | ||
| 984 | 23:10 | lx1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | אָ֑לֶף | 1 | “1,000” | |
| 985 | 23:12 | i2mf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וּדְבַקְתֶּם֙ בְּיֶ֨תֶר֙ הַגּוֹיִ֣ם הָאֵ֔לֶּה | 1 | Accepting the beliefs of these nations is spoken of as holding tightly to them. Alternate translation: “accept the beliefs of the survivors of these nations” | |
| 986 | 23:13 | pdx3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | לְפַ֣ח וּלְמוֹקֵ֗שׁ | 1 | The words “snare” and “trap” mean basically the same thing. Together they speak of the other nations as if they were a deadly trap that will cause trouble for Israel. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 987 | 23:13 | ut82 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וּלְשֹׁטֵ֤ט בְּצִדֵּיכֶם֙ וְלִצְנִנִ֣ים בְּעֵינֵיכֶ֔ם | 1 | These phrases speak of the troubles these nations will cause Israel as if they were as painful as whips and thorns. | |
| 988 | 23:14 | bitf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | וְהִנֵּ֨ה | 1 | See how you translated the word **behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 989 | 23:14 | ba62 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | אָנֹכִ֤י הוֹלֵךְ֙ הַיּ֔וֹם בְּדֶ֖רֶךְ כָּל־הָאָ֑רֶץ | 1 | Joshua uses a polite term to refer to his death. Alternate translation: “I am going to die” | |
| 990 | 23:14 | x3c7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | וִידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּכָל־לְבַבְכֶ֣ם וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁכֶ֗ם | 1 | Here the words “hearts” and “souls” have similar meanings. Together they emphasize deep personal knowledge. | |
| 991 | 23:14 | vtt2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד | 1 | These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 992 | 23:16 | xwa3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | וַעֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְהִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָהֶ֑ם | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” | |
| 993 | 23:16 | wz7d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְחָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּכֶ֔ם | 1 | “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” | |
| 994 | 24:intro | yqa8 | 0 | # Joshua 24 General Notes\n\n## Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter\n\n### Joshua’s instructions\nIn this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions. | |||
| 995 | 24:1 | e4nq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל | 1 | Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” | |
| 996 | 24:1 | c7pt | וַיִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִפְנֵ֥י | 1 | Alternate translation: “came and stood in front of” or “came before” | ||
| 997 | 24:2 | tn5x | מֵֽעוֹלָ֔ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “many years ago” | ||
| 998 | 24:2 | y8s6 | כֹּֽה־אָמַ֣ר | 1 | Joshua begins to quote what Yahweh had said previously. The quotation continues until the end of verse 13. | ||
| 999 | 24:2 | uke1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | תֶּ֛רַח & נָח֑וֹר | 1 | These are the names of men. | |
| 1000 | 24:4 | z8e8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | שֵׂעִיר֙ | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 1001 | 24:4 | azj7 | יָרְד֥וּ | 1 | Egypt was lower in elevation that the land of Canaan. Alternate translation: “traveled” | ||
| 1002 | 24:5 | shc6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | הוֹצֵ֥אתִי אֶתְכֶֽם | 1 | The word “you” is plural and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 1003 | 24:6 | uxu8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | וָֽאוֹצִ֤יא אֶת־אֲבֽוֹתֵיכֶם֙ | 1 | The word “your” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 1004 | 24:7 | t8kg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | וַיִּצְעֲק֣וּ & בֵּינֵיכֶ֣ם | 1 | Yahweh continually alternates between these two phrases, which both refer to all the Israelites, past and present. The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 1005 | 24:7 | rv8q | אֶת־הַיָּם֙ | 1 | This refers to the Sea of Reeds. | ||
| 1006 | 24:7 | gqs1 | בַמִּדְבָּ֖ר | 1 | an uninhabited area, a desert | ||
| 1007 | 24:8 | xwk4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | אֶתְכֶ֗ם | 1 | The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 1008 | 24:8 | ew9g | הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן | 1 | This is a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 1009 | 24:8 | wu3t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וָאֶתֵּ֨ן אוֹתָ֤ם בְּיֶדְכֶם֙ | 1 | Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to conquer them” | |
| 1010 | 24:9 | eb7h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בָּלָ֤ק & צִפּוֹר֙ | 1 | men’s names | |
| 1011 | 24:9 | l9gd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | אֶתְכֶֽם | 1 | The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 1012 | 24:10 | jr3f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וָאַצִּ֥ל אֶתְכֶ֖ם מִיָּדֽ | 1 | Here “hand” refers to power. Alternate translation: “enabled you to overcome him” | |
| 1013 | 24:11 | b324 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | וַתַּעַבְר֣וּ | 1 | The word “you” is plural throughout this speech and refers to the entire nation of Israel. | |
| 1014 | 24:11 | jx4u | אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּן֮ | 1 | This is a short name for the Jordan River. | ||
| 1015 | 24:12 | d1wr | אֶת־הַצִּרְעָ֔ה | 1 | A small fast flying stinging insect that lives in colonies. Here, many “hornets” are spoken of as only one. | ||
| 1016 | 24:13 | qv5z | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJoshua finishes quoting what Yahweh said about his dealings with his people. | |||
| 1017 | 24:15 | gei6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְאִם֩ רַ֨ע בְּֽעֵינֵיכֶ֜ם | 1 | The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or desire. Alternate translation: “If you do not want” | |
| 1018 | 24:15 | bff7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וּבֵיתִ֔י | 1 | This represents his family that lives in his house. Alternate translation: “my family” | |
| 1019 | 24:17 | uf71 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns | אֹתָ֧נוּ וְאֶת־אֲבוֹתֵ֛ינוּ | 1 | The people speak as if they were present with their ancestors, and interchange the words “us” and “we” with “our ancestors.” | |
| 1020 | 24:17 | n1g2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | מִבֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֑ים | 1 | Here “house” is an idiom that refers to the location of their slavery. Alternate translation: “place where we were slaves” | |
| 1021 | 24:17 | v2lc | הָֽעַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָבַ֖רְנוּ | 1 | Alternate translation: “nations that we passed through” | ||
| 1022 | 24:19 | in4p | הָעָ֗ם | 1 | This refers to the Israelites. | ||
| 1023 | 24:19 | di8z | אֵֽל־קַנּ֣וֹא ה֔וּא | 1 | God wants his people to worship only him. | ||
| 1024 | 24:20 | l4yi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְשָׁ֨ב & וְכִלָּ֣ה אֶתְכֶ֔ם | 1 | Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if he was a fire that would destroy them. Alternate translation: “He will destroy you as with fire” | |
| 1025 | 24:21 | mt8s | הָעָ֖ם | 1 | This refers to the Israelites. | ||
| 1026 | 24:23 | h48g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וְהַטּוּ֙ אֶת־לְבַבְכֶ֔ם אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה | 1 | Deciding to obey Yahweh only is spoken of as turning their heart towards him. Here “heart” represents the whole person. In this case, “heart” is plural because it refers to all the Israelites as a single group. However, it may be best to translate it in the plural since “your” is plural. Alternate translation: “turn yourselves to Yahweh” or “decide to obey Yahweh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 1027 | 24:24 | ut8c | הָעָ֖ם | 1 | This refers to the Israelites. | ||
| 1028 | 24:24 | yq9g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וּבְקוֹל֖וֹ נִשְׁמָֽע | 1 | Here “listen” means to obey. Alternate translation: “We will obey everything he tells us to do” | |
| 1029 | 24:25 | g8by | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיָּ֥שֶׂם ל֛וֹ חֹ֥ק וּמִשְׁפָּ֖ט | 1 | Establishing laws is spoken of as if Joshua physically set them in place like monuments. Alternate translation: “He established decrees and laws” or “He gave them laws and decrees to obey” | |
| 1030 | 24:26 | n7ac | בְּסֵ֖פֶר תּוֹרַ֣ת אֱלֹהִ֑ים | 1 | This appears to be a continuation of the writings of Moses. | ||
| 1031 | 24:26 | ct9g | וַיְקִימֶ֣הָ שָּׁ֔ם | 1 | Alternate translation: “placed it there” | ||
| 1032 | 24:27 | u7ad | הָעָ֗ם | 1 | This refers to the Israelites. | ||
| 1033 | 24:27 | b7l7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | הִנֵּ֨ה | 1 | See how you translated the word **Behold** in [2:2](../02/02.md) where it occurs with the same meaning. | |
| 1034 | 24:27 | mkt9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | הָאֶ֤בֶן הַזֹּאת֙ תִּֽהְיֶה־בָּ֣נוּ לְעֵדָ֔ה כִּֽי־הִ֣יא שָׁמְעָ֗ה אֵ֚ת כָּל־אִמְרֵ֣י | 1 | The stone that Joshua set up is spoken of as if it were a person who heard what was spoken and would be able to testify about what was said. | |
| 1035 | 24:27 | h23i | פֶּֽן־תְּכַחֲשׁ֖וּן | 1 | Alternate translation: “if you ever” | ||
| 1036 | 24:29 | e9uy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | בֶּן־מֵאָ֥ה וָעֶ֖שֶׂר שָׁנִֽים | 1 | “one hundred and ten years old” | |
| 1037 | 24:30 | iyt3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּתִמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח & לְהַר־גָּֽעַשׁ | 1 | names of places | |
| 1038 | 24:31 | gf2q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֑עַ | 1 | This is an idiom that refers to Joshua’s entire life. | |
| 1039 | 24:31 | r7xz | הֶאֱרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוֹשֻׁ֔עַ | 1 | Alternate translation: “lived longer than Joshua” | ||
| 1040 | 24:32 | a3ik | עַצְמ֣וֹת י֠וֹסֵף & קָבְר֣וּ בִשְׁכֶם֒ | 1 | It may be helpful to change the order of the beginning of this sentence. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel brought the bones of Joseph up out of Egypt and buried them at Shechem” | ||
| 1041 | 24:32 | ve2g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | בְּמֵאָ֣ה קְשִׂיטָ֑ה | 1 | “100 pieces” | |
| 1042 | 24:33 | ur16 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | וְאֶלְעָזָ֥ר | 1 | This is a man’s name. | |
| 1043 | 24:33 | rv7j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | בְּגִבְעַת֙ | 1 | This is the name of a place. | |
| 1044 | 4:8 | q4qp | לְמִסְפַּ֖ר שִׁבְטֵ֣י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל | 1 | See how you translated the identical phrase “according to the number of the tribes of the sons of Israel” in [4:5](../04/05.md). | ||
| 1045 | 4:8 | z2cj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן | 1 | Here, the phrase **the Jordan** refers to the riverbed of the **Jordan** River, as it did in [3:17](../03/17.md). See how you translated the phrase **the Jordan** there. Alternate translation: “the river bed of the Jordan” or “the Jordan’s river bed” | |
| 1046 | 4:20 | s8s2 | וְאֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤ה הָֽאֲבָנִים֙ הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָקְח֖וּ מִן־הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן | 1 | Each tribe was to take one stone from the Jordan River so Joshua could build a memorial of the crossing event. | ||
| 1047 | 5:1 | q8mi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וַיִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗ם | Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | ||
| 1048 | 5:1 | a2wh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | וְלֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ | Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” | ||
| 1049 | 5:4 | uz5p | 1 | the men who were old enough to be soldiers | |||
| 1050 | 5:13 | iyi7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | וַיִּשָּׂ֤א עֵינָיו֙ וַיַּ֔רְא וְהִנֵּה־אִישׁ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד | Here looking up is spoken of as if Joshua literally lifted his eyes in his hands. Alternate translation: “he looked up and saw that a man was standing” | ||
| 1051 | 6:6 | s5ne | 1 | Alternate translation: “Pick up the ark of the covenant” | |||
| 1052 | 6:17 | w1sn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | 1 | This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it for destruction” or “You must set apart to Yahweh the city and all that is in it by destroying it” | ||
| 1053 | 6:17 | ugl7 | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJoshua continues speaking to the people of Israel. | |||
| 1054 | 7:11 | lc29 | הַחֵ֔רֶם | 1 | |||
| 1055 | 7:11 | a4ln | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo | חָטָא֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְגַם֙ עָבְר֣וּ אֶת־בְּרִיתִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֖יתִי אוֹתָ֑ם וְגַ֤ם לָֽקְחוּ֙ מִן־הַחֵ֔רֶם וְגַ֤ם גָּֽנְבוּ֙ וְגַ֣ם כִּֽחֲשׁ֔וּ וְגַ֖ם שָׂ֥מוּ בִכְלֵיהֶֽם | 1 | Even though only Achan had sinned against Yahweh by taking from the banned things, Yahweh allowed the entire Israelite military to be defeated as a result of his sin. Here, and in the next verse, Yahweh is saying that he holds the entire nation of Israel accountable for Achan’s sin. Since it is evident from [7:1](../07/01.md), and from what happens to Achan later in this chapter, that only Achan did the the things that Yahweh here says **Israel** did, you do not need to explain the meaning further. | |
| 1056 | 7:10 | ev1w | 0 | # General Information:\n\nYahweh tells Joshua why Israel is cursed. | |||
| 1057 | 7:14 | dp8p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | 1 | There were twelve tribes that made up the people of Israel. The phrase “by your tribes” means “each tribe.” Alternate translation: “each of your tribes must present themselves to Yahweh” | ||
| 1058 | 7:14 | crt9 | 1 | The leaders of Israel would toss lots, and by doing this, they would learn which tribe Yahweh had selected. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “The tribe that Yahweh selects by lot” or “The tribe that Yahweh selects when we toss lots” | |||
| 1059 | 7:13 | ln4q | 1 | This refers to the people of Israel. | |||
| 1060 | 7:12 | fs9m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | 1 | Being with Israel represents helping Israel. Alternate translation: “I will not help you any more” | ||
| 1061 | 7:13 | u4s8 | Connecting Statement: | # Connecting Statement:\n\nYahweh continues speaking to Joshua and tells him what to tell the people. | |||
| 1062 | 7:8 | ke9p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | 1 | Joshua said this to show how upset he was that he did not even know what to say. Alternate translation: “I do not know what to say. Israel has turned their backs before their enemies!” | ||
| 1063 | 7:9 | vd3r | וּמַֽה־תַּעֲשֵׂ֖ה לְשִׁמְךָ֥ הַגָּדֽוֹל | 1 | Joshua uses this question to warn God that if the Israelites are destroyed, then the other people will think that God is not great. Alternate translation: “Then there will be nothing you can do for your great name.” or “Then people will not know that you are great.” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | ||
| 1064 | 7:8 | x4pf | # General Information:\n\nJoshua expresses frustration to God. | ||||
| 1065 | 7:5 | zcr5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | 1 | These phrases “melted” and “became like water” share similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that the people were extremely afraid. | ||
| 1066 | 7:5 | h4tc | לְבַב־הָעָ֖ם | The phrase “the people” refers to the Israelite soldiers. | |||
| 1067 | 7:4 | ak54 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | 1 | “3,000 men” | ||
| 1068 | 7:3 | z2xr | 1 | The word “they” refers to the people of Ai. | |||
| 1069 | 7:3 | ui7f | כָּל־הָעָם֒ | This refers to the army of Israel. | |||
| 1070 | 8:16 | m6sq | 1 | to go after the army of Isreal | |||
| 1071 | 8:15 | bri5 | 1 | The army of Israel fled. | |||
| 1072 | 8:15 | a83i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | 1 | “let themselves be defeated before the people of Ai.” The phrase “before them” represents what the people of Ai would see and think. The phrase “be defeated” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let the people of Ai think that the Israelites were defeated” or “let the people of Ai think that they had defeated the Israelites” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) |